AMX NetWave Server AXR-NWS Specifications

Add to my manuals
118 Pages

advertisement

AMX NetWave Server AXR-NWS Specifications | Manualzz

Product Catalog

Modero

Touch Panels

T H E A W A R D - W I N N I N G M O D E R O L I N E O F T O U C H P A N E L S

1 7 " M O D E R O W I D E S C R E E N T O U C H P A N E L S

People noticed long ago that the evolution of technology progresses in leaps. In 2002, the world witnessed the future of control and automation with the introduction of the new Modero Touch Panels from AMX. It began with our award- winning 12" and 15"

Moderos, which debuted at CEDIA EXPO 2002, and culminated with the 17" Modero Widescreen, presented at InfoComm 2003.

In size or power, nothing compares to Modero – “the controlling force."

NXT-CV17

17" Table Top Color Video

Touch Panel

FG2257K

An exciting addition to our award-winning line of Modero Touch Panels, the

17" NXT-CV17 and NXD-CV17 Widescreen panels offer additional on-screen real estate, providing the largest viewable area available in the marketplace today. Table Top and Flush versions fit any integrated environment and provide an amazing level of simplicity, convenience and luxury. The 17" Modero includes AMX’s industry-leading G4 Graphics Engine that boasts an abundant feature set including: G4 Computer Control, dynamic images, icons and animated buttons.

AV FEATURES

Video: Displays NTSC/PAL/SECAM video in variable-size video windows with support for 16x9 and 4x3 aspect ratios

Audio: Built-in stereo speakers

- Headphone connector for external speaker / headphone support

NXA-AVB Breakout Box (included)

- Provides video/audio distribution over CAT-5 cable (up to 200 feet)

- Accepts either Composite or S-Video with Cable Adapter

STANDARD FEATURES

DISPLAY:

17" TFT active-matrix LCD

Resolution: 1280x768 pixels

Ultra-wide 170° viewing angle (both horizontal and vertical)

Dot pixel pitch: 0.289 mm

Color Depth: 16 million (24-bit color depth) with 256 (8-bit) Alpha

Channel Blending

Contrast Ratio: 600:1

Brightness: 450 cd/m 2

Power: 3.67 Amps @ 13.5 VDC

MEMORY:

256MB Extended Memory Module

128MB Compact Flash factory programmed with demo pages (upgradeable to 1GB)

LIGHT SENSOR:

Photosensitive light detector for automatic adjustment of the panel brightness

MOTION SENSOR (PIR):

Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached

SLEEP BUTTON:

Pushbutton (grey) used to either put the panel into a "sleep" or "wake" state and/or access the Setup and Calibration pages

SPEAKERS:

Frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz

MICROPHONE:

Balanced omni-directional with gain adjust

MODERO TABLE TOP CABLE:

Combines A/V, Networking & Power into a single jacketed cable

(Included with all NXT Panels)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

NXD-CV17

17" Flush Mount Color Video

Touch Panel

FG2256K

CONNECTORS

Location: NXT-CV17 Table Top located on back

NXD-CV17 Flush Mount located on the left side

PCMCIA Card Slot: Provides optional wireless connectivity using

NXA-WC80211b network card

Headphone Connector: Stereo output through a 3.5 mm mini-jack

Audio/Video Connector: RJ-45 connector cable for Audio/Video signals sent from the NXA-AVB Breakout Box

Ethernet 10/100 Port: RJ-45 port for 10/100 Mbps communication with LEDs that show Link and Activity

ICSNet Connector: RJ-45 connection for ICSNet interface

Power: 2-pin mini-phoenix connector

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN6.5 Power Supply (13.5 VDC)

CB-TP17 Conduit Wall box (17" Flush Mount Touch Panel)

NXA-RK17 Rack mount kit for 17" Flush Mount Touch Panel

Upgrade Compact Flash (factory programmed with firmware):

- NXA-CFTP256M - 256MB compact flash card

- NXA-CFTP512M - 512MB compact flash card

- NXA-CFTP1G - 1GB compact flash card

NXA-WC80211b: 802.11b wireless interface card

NXA-BASE/B: Wireless base for Table Top Touch Panel (NXT version only)

NXT-BP: Battery pack for Table Top Wireless Base provides 3 hours of continuous operation

NXT-CHG: Battery charger for NXT-BP batteries. Charges batteries in 4 hours.

MECHANICAL FEATURES

FG2257K NXT-CV17 17" Table Top Touch Panel

Dimensions: 13.29" x 18.84" x 12.44" (33.76 cm x 45.31 cm x 31.6 cm)

Fully lowered height: 6.23" (15.82 cm)

Weight: 17.25 lbs (7.82 kg)

Enclosure: ABS Polycarbonate enclosure in black matte finish with platinum color trim ring

FG2256K NXD-CV17 17" Flush Mount Touch Panel

Dimensions Faceplate included: 14.44" x 18.09" x 3.31"

(36.68 cm x 45.95 cm x 8.42 cm)

Weight: 15.5 lbs (7.03 kg)

Enclosure: Metal enclosure with ABS Polycarbonate front bezel in black matte finish with platinum color trim

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

1 5 " M O D E R O T O U C H P A N E L S

The award-winning 15" Modero Touch Panels have taken the control industry by storm. Recognized as “the controlling force," the 15" Modero boasts features that remain unprecedented and unrivaled: A bright, easy-to-view display. Extremely sharp images.

A rich 16-million color palette. Innovative 8-bit transparency. Amazing G4 graphics. An anti-glare touch overlay. An ultra-wide

170° viewing angle. A convenient, effortless tilt feature. And convenient wireless capability with a full range of wireless accessories.

NXT-CV15

15" Table Top Video Touch Panel

FG2252-11K

NXT-CA15

15" Table Top Touch Panel

FG2252

The 15" Modero Touch Panel, a 2003 CES Innovations Showcase Winner, set the standard by which all Touch Panels are judged. Table Top and Flush Mount versions fit any environment and provide an amazing level of simplicity, convenience and luxury. The 15" Modero Touch Panel includes AMX’s industry- leading G4 Graphics Engine boasting an abundant feature set including: Computer Control, dynamic images, icons and animated buttons.

MODELS

NXT-CV15 – 15" Table Top Touch Panel with Video Support

NXD-CV15 – 15" Flush Mount Touch Panel with Video Support

NXT-CA15 – 15" Table Top Touch Panel

NXD-CA15 – 15" Flush Mount Touch Panel

COLOR VIDEO PANEL FEATURES

Video: Displays NTSC/PAL/SECAM video in variable-size video window

NXA-AVB Breakout Box

STANDARD FEATURES – COLOR ACTIVE AND COLOR VIDEO PANELS

LCD:

15" TFT active-matrix LCD

Resolution: 1024x768 pixels

Ultra-wide 170° viewing angle (combining horizontal and vertical axis)

Dot pixel pitch: 0.297 mm

16 million (24-bit color depth) with 256 (8-bit) Alpha Channel Blending

Contrast Ratio: 300:1

Brightness: 400 cd/m2

Power: 3.5 Amps @ 13.5 VDC

MEMORY:

64MB Extended Memory Module (upgradeable)

64MB Compact Flash factory programmed with demo pages (upgradeable)

LIGHT SENSOR:

Photosensitive light detector for automatic adjustment of the panel brightness

MOTION SENSOR (PIR):

Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached

SLEEP BUTTON:

Pushbutton (grey) used to either put the panel into a "sleep" or "wake" state and/or access the Setup and Calibration pages

AUDIO:

Built-in stereo speakers with a frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz plus headphone connector for external Speaker / Headphone support

MICROPHONE:

Balanced omni-directional with gain adjust

MODERO TABLE TOP CABLE:

Combines A/V, Networking & Power in a cable (Included with all NXT Panels)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

NXD-CV15

15" Flush Mount Video Touch Panel

FG2253-12K

NXD-CA15

15" Flush Mount Touch Panel

FG2253-10

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

1 2 " M O D E R O T O U C H P A N E L S

The 12" Modero Touch Panels have enjoyed enormous success in the marketplace by offering a set of innovative features. At a price comparable to our previous generation of 10.4" panels, the 12" Modero remains one of our most popular to date.

NXT-CV12

12" Table Top Video Touch Panel

FG2250-11K

NXT-CA12

12" Table Top Touch Panel

FG2250

The 12" Modero Touch Panel delivers AMX performance and styling. Table Top and Flush Mount versions fit any environment and provide an amazing level of simplicity, convenience and luxury. The 12" Modero Touch Panel includes

AMX’s industry-leading G4 Graphics Engine that boasts an abundant feature set including: Computer Control, dynamic images, icons and animated buttons.

MODELS

NXT-CV12 – 12" Table Top Touch Panel with Video Support

NXD-CV12 – 12" Flush Mount Touch Panel with Video Support

NXT-CA12 – 12" Table Top Touch Panel

NXD-CA12 – 12" Flush Mount Touch Panel

COLOR VIDEO PANEL FEATURES

Video: Displays NTSC/PAL/SECAM video in variable-size video window

NXA-AVB Breakout Box

STANDARD FEATURES - COLOR ACTIVE AND COLOR VIDEO PANELS

LCD:

12" TFT active-matrix LCD

Resolution: 800x600 pixels

Ultra-wide 160° viewing angle (combining horizontal and vertical axis)

Dot pixel pitch: 0.297 mm

256K (18-bit color depth) with 256 (8-bit) Alpha Channel Blending

Contrast Ratio: 300:1

Brightness: 250 cd/m2

Power: 2.0 Amps @ 13.5 VDC

MEMORY:

64MB Extended Memory Module (upgradeable to 256MB)

64MB Compact Flash factory programmed with panel demo pages

LIGHT SENSOR:

Photosensitive light detector for automatic adjustment of the panel brightness

MOTION SENSOR (PIR):

Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached

SLEEP BUTTON:

Pushbutton (grey) used to either put the panel into a "sleep" or "wake" state and/or access the Setup and Calibration pages

AUDIO:

Built-in stereo speakers with a frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz plus headphone connector for external Speaker / Headphone support

MICROPHONE:

Balanced omni-directional with gain adjust

MODERO TABLE TOP CABLE:

Combines A/V, Networking & Power into a single jacketed cable

(Included with all NXT Panels)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

NXD-CV12

12" Flush Mount Video Touch Panel

FG2251-12K

NXD-CA12

12" Flush Mount Touch Panel

FG2251-10

CONNECTORS

Location: NXT-CV12 & NXT-CA12 Table Tops located on back NXT-CV12 &

NXD-CV12 Flush Mounts located on the left side

PCMCIA Card Slot: Provides optional wireless connectivity using

NXA-WC80211b network card

Headphone Connector: Stereo output through a 3.5 mm mini-jack

Audio/Video Connector: RJ-45 connector cable for Audio/Video signals sent from the NXA-AVB Breakout Box (Video Support available ONLY on CV models)

Ethernet 10/100 Port: RJ-45 port for 10/100 Mbps communication with LEDs that show Link and Activity

ICSNet Connector: RJ-45 connection for ICSNet interface

Power: 2-pin Connector (Male)

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN6.5 Power Supply (13.5 VDC)

CB-TP12 Conduit Wall box (12" Flush Mount Touch Panels)

NXA-RK12 Rack mount kit for 12" Flush Mount Touch Panels

Upgrade SDRAM

- NXA-EXM128M – 128MB memory card

- NXA-EXM256M – 256 MB memory card

Upgrade Compact Flash (factory programmed with firmware):

- NXA-CFTP128M - 128MB compact flash card

- NXA-CFTP256M - 256MB compact flash card

- NXA-CFTP512M - 512MB compact flash card

- NXA-CFTP1G - 1GB compact flash card

NXA-WC80211b: 802.11b wireless interface card

NXA-BASE/B: Wireless base for Table Top Touch Panel (NXT only)

NXT-BP: Battery pack for Table Top provides 4 hours of continuous operation

(NXT versions only)

NXT-CHG: Battery charger for NXT-BP batteries. Charges batteries in 4 hours

(NXT versions only)

MECHANICAL FEATURES

NXT-CV12

12" Table Top Color Video Touch Panel FG2250-11K

NXT-CA12

12" Table Top Color Active Touch Panel

FG2250

Dimensions: 10.91" x 12.34" x 12.50" (27.70 cm x 31.33 cm x 31.75 cm)

Fully lowered height: 6.77" (17.20 cm)

Weight: 11.85 lbs (5.38 kg)

Enclosure: ABS Polycarbonate enclosure in black matte finish with platinum color trim ring

NXD-CV12

12" Flush Mount Color Video Touch Panel FG2251-12K

NXD-CA12

12" Flush Mount Color Active Touch Panel

Dimensions Faceplate included: 12.38" x 12.59" x 3.25"

(31.43 cm x 31.97 cm x 8.25 cm)

FG2251-10

CB-TP12 Conduit / Wallbox: 11.52" x 11.60" x 3.50"

(29.27 cm x 29.47 cm x 8.89 cm)

Weight: 11.29 lbs (5.40 kg)

Enclosure: Metal enclosure with ABS Polycarbonate front bezel in black matte finish with platinum color trim

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

7 " M O D E R O W I D E S C R E E N T O U C H P A N E L

Wider is better – and now the popular Modero Widescreen is available in a compact 7" model. If you desire extra on-screen real estate but your needs call for a smaller panel, the 7" Modero Widescreen is the perfect fit for any integrated environment. The Wall

Mount version with it’s 7" wide screen provides more than enough space to display colorful and animated graphics and icons, to watch multiple windows, and to control a variety of audio/video equipment.

NXT-CV7

7" Table Top Touch Panel

FG2258-01K

The 7" Modero Widescreen carries on the AMX tradition of providing outstanding color, resolution, contrast and brightness. Utilizing color active

LCD technology and 800x480 resolution, your graphics and video appear clearer and sharper than other panels this size. The 7" Modero Widescreen showcases 18-bits per pixel of color depth, 350+cd/m2 peak brightness and a

200:1 contrast ratio. The 7" Modero Widescreen incorporates the latest G4 graphics features including Computer Control.

FEATURES

16x9 Widescreen high resolution color display

Latest G4 graphics user interface

Anti-glare touch screen

Wide viewing angles

Exclusive SmoothTilt™ operation

Freedom and convenience of wireless control

Multimedia video that supports various formats

Playback of MP3 and WAV audio files

Microphone and speakers for paging and intercom audio

The CV7 comes complete with the NXA-AVB to deliver composite / S-Video to the panel

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DISPLAY

7" Color active-matrix LCD 16x9 (800 x 480 pixel resolution)

Brightness: 350+ cd/m2

Contrast: 200:1

Active Viewing Area: 6.00" x 3.60"

Viewing Angle: 50° (top/bottom/left/right)

Display colors: 256K (18-bit color depth)

MEMORY

64MB Extended Memory Module

64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1 GB) factory programmed with panel firmware

POWER

1.4 Amps @ 12.0 VDC (wired)

2.8 Amps @ 12.0 VDC (with battery base & charging)

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN4.4 Power Supply

Upgrade Compact Flash (factory programmed with firmware):

- NXA-CFSP128M - 128MB compact flash card

- NXA-CFSP256M - 256MB compact flash card

- NXA-CFSP512M - 512MB compact flash card

- NXA-CFSP1G - 1GB compact flash card

NXA-BASE/1: Includes 1 battery, Provides 4 hours continuous operation and 8 hours in normal operation (NXT version only)

NXA-WC80211b/CF: 802.11b wireless interface Compact Flash card

NXT-BP: Battery pack for Table Top Wireless Base:

Provides 4 hours of continual operation

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

NXD-CV7

7" Flush Mount Touch Panel

FG2258-02K

NXT-CHG: Battery charger for NXT-BP batteries. Charges batteries in 8 hours.

Includes two batteries.

NXA-RK7: Rackmount kit for 7" Wallmount Panels

CB-TP7: Conduit Box for 7" Wallmount Panels

MECHANICAL FEATURES

NXT-CV7 Touch Panels (FG2258-01K)

7" Table Top Touch Panel

Dimensions: (HWD) 6.864" x 7.932" x 7.462" (17.43 cm x 20.15 cm x 18.95 cm)

Weight: 3.49 lbs (1.58 kg)

NXD-CV7 Touch Panels (FG2258-02K)

7" Flush Mount Touch Panel

Dimensions: (HWD) 5.923" x 7.955" x 3.328" (15.04 cm x 20.21 cm x 8.45 cm)

Weight: 1.85 lbs (0.839 kg)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

8 . 4 " M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S

The 8.4" Modero ViewPoint (MVP-8400) is the ultimate user interface, incorporating wireless mobility, Table Top functionality, and the flexibility to operate as a Wall/Flush Mount unit. The MVP-8400 also includes 1-way and 2-way communications capabilities and standard 802.11b wireless technology. This MVP of control offers powerful and affordable Touch Panel solutions, achieving one-touch automation without compromising the advanced control features that have become staples of AMX.

MVP-8400

8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

FG5965-02

The MVP-8400 sets a new benchmark in wireless Touch Panel control, providing maximum comfort and convenience. The popular, AMX-exclusive

SmoothTilt™, available on every Modero Touch Panel, enhances Table Top convenience. With one hand, the MVP-8400 can be quietly and effortlessly adjusted for the optimum viewing angle. The MVP-8400 continues to provide the most innovative features on the market, including the ability to display stunning G4 graphics and wireless multimedia. The MVP-8400 is just the right size for any integrated environment. AMX now enables the end user and dealer to choose from an expanded line of Modero Touch Panels, designed to meet their specific needs today and into the future.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DISPLAY

8.4" Color active-matrix TFT

(800 x 600 pixel resolution)

Viewing Angle: + 120° (Left to Right)

+ 80° (Top to Bottom)

Display colors: 256K (18-bit color depth)

Brightness: 180 cd/m2

Contrast: 350:1

Anti-glare Overlay

Aspect Ratio: 4x3

MEMORY

64MB RAM

64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB)

POWER

Operates with 2 MVP-BP battery packs

12 VDC Power Supply for recharging batteries

INTERFACES

802.11b Wireless Ethernet for 2-way network communications

Mini-USB for programming file transfer

Docking Station Interconnect

Power Supply, coaxial barrel connector

FRONT PANEL

Front Buttons: 9 programmable buttons

Speakers: 2 internal

Microphone: Used for intercom applications

INCLUDED ACCESSORIES

Two MVP-BP

PS4.4

Stylus

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

MVP-TDS, Table Top/Tilt Docking Station

MVP-WDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station

MVP-KS, KickStand

MVP-BP, Spare Battery Pack

PS4.4, Power Supply

MVP-STYLUS, Pack of 3 Stylus

CB-MVPWDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station Conduit Box

CC-USB, Programming Cable

NXA-CFSP128M, 128M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP256M, 256M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP512M, 512M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP1G, 1G Compact Flash

MECHANICAL FEATURES

Dimensions (HWD): 7.165" x 10.474" x 1.205" (18.20 cm x 26.60 cm x 3.06 cm)

Weight: 2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

7 . 5 " M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S

The 7.5" Modero ViewPoint (MVP-7500) is the ultimate user interface, incorporating wireless mobility, Table Top functionality, and the flexibility to operate as a Wall/Flush Mount unit. The MVP-7500 also includes 1-way and 2-way communications capabilities and standard 802.11b wireless technology. This MVP of control offers powerful and affordable Touch Panel solutions, achieving one-touch automation without compromising the advanced control features that have become staples of AMX.

MVP-7500

7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

FG5965-02

The MVP-7500 provides maximum comfort and convenience – the perfect size for any integrated environment. The popular, AMX-exclusive SmoothTilt™, available on every Modero Touch Panel, enhances Table Top convenience. With one hand, the MVP-7500 can be quietly and effortlessly adjusted for the optimum viewing angle. The MVP-7500 continues to provide the most innovative features on the market, including the ability to display stunning G4 graphics. AMX now enables the end user and dealer to choose from an expanded line of Modero Touch Panels, designed to meet their specific needs today and into the future.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DISPLAY

7.5" Color passive-matrix

(600 x 480 pixel resolution)

Viewing Angle: + 80° (Top to Bottom)

+ 80° (Top to Bottom)

Display colors: 4K (12-bit color depth)

Brightness: 120 cd/m2

Contrast: 20:1

Anti-glare Overlay

Aspect Ratio: 4 x 3

MEMORY

64MB RAM

64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB)

POWER

Operates with 1 or 2 MVP-BP battery packs

12-18 VDC Power Supply for recharging batteries

INTERFACES

802.11b Wireless Ethernet for 2-way network communications

Mini-USB for programming file transfer

Docking Station Interconnect

Power Supply, coaxial barrel connector

FONT PANEL

Front Buttons: 9 programmable buttons

INCLUDED ACCESSORIES

One MVP-BP

PS4.4

Stylus

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

MVP-TDS, Table Top/Tilt Docking Station

MVP-WDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station

MVP-KS, KickStand

MVP-BP, Spare Battery Pack

MVP-STYLUS, Pack of 3 Stylus

CB-MVPWDS, Conduit Box

CC-USB, Programming Cable

NXA-CFSP128M, 128M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP256M, 256M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP512M, 512M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP1G, 1G Compact Flash

MECHANICAL FEATURES

Dimensions (HWD): 7.165" x 10.474" x 1.329" (18.20 cm x 26.60 cm x 3.37 cm)

Weight: 2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T A C C E S S O R I E S

MVP-TDS

MVP Table Top Docking Station

FG5965-10

Place the wireless MVP into the Table Top Docking Station and re-charge its batteries while remaining in continuous control of your integrated technology.

The adjustable station creates just the right viewing angle for any situation.

Attach a keyboard and mouse using the docking station's USB ports - a great feature for surfing the Web with the G4 Computer Control application.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

Fully raised: 7.40" x 7.01" x 9.83" (18.80 cm x 17.80 cm x 25.00 cm)

Fully lowered height: 4.27" (10.80 cm)

WEIGHT

4.57 lbs. (2.07 kg)

FRONT PANEL FEATURES:

Electromagnet to secure the MVP to the MVP-TDS

Release Push button to disengage the electromagnet and remove the MVP from the MVP-TDS

Two LEDs (through Push button) to indicate battery-charging status and

MVP communications

REAR PANEL FEATURES:

(Two) Type A USB ports, for keyboard and mouse

Power supply jack, 13.5VDC, 6mm coaxial male

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:

MVP-8400, 8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

MVP-7500, 7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

MVP-BP, Modero ViewPoint Battery Pack

PS4.4, power supply with 6mm coaxial connector

MVP-WDS

MVP Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station

FG5965-11

Place the wireless MVP into the Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station and re-charge its batteries while remaining in continuous control of your integrated technology. Attach a keyboard and mouse using the docking station's USB ports - a great feature for surfing the Web with the G4 Computer Control application.

The MVP-WDS comes with a unique anti-theft locking mechanism. Keep your

MVP panels safe and secure by using the MVP-WDS security latch to maintain a tight grip on your panel. Removing the panel is just as easy. With a push of the button, the MVP glides forward for removal and transport. If security is enabled, a user must enter a valid security code before the MVP is released.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

8.62" x 12.70" x 2.99" (29.90 cm x 32.30 cm x 7.59 cm)

WEIGHT

4.17 lbs. (189 kg)

FRONT PANEL FEATURES:

Rare earth magnet and security latch to secure the MVP to the MVP-WDS

Release push button to remove the MVP from the MVP-WDS

Two LEDs (through push button) to indicate battery-charging status and

MVP communications

REAR PANEL FEATURES:

(Two) Type A USB ports, for keyboard and mouse

Power supply jack, 13.5VDC, 6mm coaxial male

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:

MVP-8400, 8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

MVP-7500, 7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

MVP-BP, Modero ViewPoint Battery Pack

PSN4.4, power supply with 3.5mm phoenix-style connector

CB-MVPWDS, Conduit box for MVP-WDS

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T A C C E S S O R I E S

MVP-KS

MVP KickStand

FG5965-12

The MVP KickStand, MVP-KS, is compatible with both the MVP-7500 and

MVP-8400 Touch Panel. The MVP-KS allows the MVP to rest at an optimal viewing angle on any flat level surface.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

6.34" x 7.91" x 0.59" (16.10 cm x 20.10 cm x 1.50 cm)

WEIGHT

0.67 lbs. (0.30 kg)

MVP-BP

MVP Battery Pack

FG5965-20

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

0.48" x 1.52" x 8.65" (1.23 cm x 3.86 cm x 21.97 cm)

WEIGHT

0.67 lbs. (0.30 kg)

POWER

Lithium Ion Cells - 7.2 Volts, 3600 mAh

CC-USB

MVP/CV7 Programming Cable

FG10-5965

APPLICATION

Connects a PC's USB port to the MVP-7500, MVP-8500 or CV7 Touch Panel

Used to transfer firmware kit files, TPD4 Touch Panel files and IR files

MVP-STYLUS

Replacement MVP Stylus, pack of 3

FG5965-30

PS4.4

13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,

(regulated 110/220 VAC input)

FG423-44

APPLICATION

DC power for MVP-7500, MVP-8400 and MVP-TDS

DC POWER OUTPUT

13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps

6mm Coaxial barrel-style plug

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

100-240 VAC

50-60 Hz

ENCLOSURE

Molded black matte plastic international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)

WEIGHT

1 lb. (0.45 kg)

PSN4.4

13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,

(regulated 110/220 VAC input)

FG423-45

APPLICATION

DC power for NetLinx systems, MVP-WDS and CV7 Touch Panel

DC POWER OUTPUT

13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps

3.5 mm phoenix-style plug

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

100-240 VAC

50-60 Hz

ENCLOSURE

Molded black matte plastic international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)

WEIGHT

1 lb. (0.45 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

M O D E R O T O U C H P A N E L A C C E S S O R I E S

NXA-BASE/B

Battery Base Kit for Modero

Touch Panels

FG2255K

NXA-AVB

Audio/Video Breakout Box

FG2254-01

The NXA-AVB Breakout Box comes standard with the Modero Color Video

Touch Panels and is available as an option for Modero Color Active Touch Panels. The Breakout Box transfers audio/video signals from an outside source to and from the Modero Touch

Panel. It can also be used for pass-through power and ICSNet connections.

FEATURES

Included with all Modero Color Video Touch Panels

Provides video/audio distribution over CAT-5 cable (up to 200 feet)

Accepts either Composite or S-Video signals

Stereo audio support accepts balanced and unbalanced audio inputs: line level stereo

Provides balanced microphone output to A/V system

Available as an option for audio distribution on Modero Color Active Touch Panels

CONNECTORS

Power In: Power from Power Supply 2-pin connector (Male)

ICSNet In: RJ-45 connection from ICSNet Hub or Master

S-Video Chroma In: BNC jack for Chroma Input

Composite / S-Video Luma In: BNS jack for Composite or Luma input

Microphone Out: Microphone signal from the Touch Panel 4-pin connector (Male)

Audio In: Audio signal to Touch Panel 6-pin connector (Male)

Power Out: Power to Touch Panel 2-pin connector (Male)

ICSNet Out: RJ-45 connection to Touch Panel

Audio/Video Out: RJ-45 connection with A/V signals to Touch Panel

NXT-BP

"

Smart Batteries" for Modero

Touch Panels

FG2255-10

The NXT-BP Modero Power Pack is a “smart" Lithium-Ion battery that is compatible with the Modero Battery Base. It is equipped with an onboard battery status indicator, and also communicates its status to the Modero Touch

Panel via the Modero Battery Base. Two batteries are required for use with the

Battery Base. Charging the Lithium-Ion batteries is as easy as plugging in the base. The batteries can be charged with either the Battery Base or an optional

Modero Power Station – a stand- alone quick charger.

FEATURES

Onboard battery status indicator

Provides 4+ hours of run time in continuous operation

“Smart Battery" Lithium-Ion technology

CONNECTORS

Battery Interface: 5-pin connector that interfaces with NXA-BASE/B battery tray connector

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

At less than two inches in height, the Modero Battery Base seamlessly attaches to the base of the 12", 15" and 17" Modero Touch Panels, complementing their award-winning design. From here, the Modero Touch Panel can provide up to eight hours of normal operation. The interface connector transfers power from the Battery Base, which houses two NXT-BP rechargeable Lithium-Ion “smart" batteries and communicates battery status back to the panel. The NXA-BASE/B requires the latest version of TPDesign4/(TPD4) to access the battery setup pages on the Modero Touch Panel. The latest version of TPD4 can be downloaded from the AMX website (www.amx.com).

FEATURES

Comes complete with two NXT-BP batteries

Seamlessly attaches to the base of the 12", 15" and 17"

Modero Touch Panels

CONNECTORS

Battery Interface: 2 (5-pin) connectors in battery tray

Modero Interface: 40-pin connector that provides power and status information to the Modero Touch Panel

NXA-WC80211B

Wireless Network Interface Card for 17", 15", 12" Modero Touch Panels

FG2252-02

NXA-WC80211b provides wireless network access for Modero Touch Panels.

By plugging it directly into the Modero’s PCMCIA Card Slot, you have the ability to take control with your Modero panel from any location, throughout any environment. Use the Wireless Interface Card with both the Table Top and

Flush Mount models. The wireless network interface card is IEEE802.11b

standard compatible and certified for operation in North America. The hardware interface is PCMCIA Standard Release 2.0, Type II Extended (5.0mm) definition.

NXA-WC80211b will work with any wireless Access Point compatible with

802.11b wireless interface standard.

FEATURES

Interoperable with Wi-Fi (WECA) certified Access Points

Data rate 11, 5.5, 2, and 1 Mbps per channel, Auto Fall-Back

64-bit and 128-bit encryption

Support IEEE 802.11b Protocol Standard

CONNECTORS

PCMCIA: Interfaces to Modero PCMCIA slot

NXA-WC80211b/CF

Wireless 802.11b Compact Flash Card

FG2255-03

The 802.11 CompactFlash (CF) Card from AMX brings wireless convenience and freedom to our exciting and popular line of award-winning Modero Touch

Panels. Now the end user can experience one-touch control from anywhere, at any time with minimal effort and amazing results. This innovative wireless

802.11b CF card comes standard with the new Modero ViewPoint Touch Panels

(both the MVP-7500 and MVP-8400) and as an option for the new 7" Modero

Widescreen Touch Panel.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

M O D E R O T O U C H P A N E L A C C E S S O R I E S

NXT-CHG

Quick Charger Kit for Modero

Touch Panels

FG2250K

For added convenience, the NXT-BP Power Pack batteries can be quick-charged with the new

NXT-CHG Modero Power Station. The Power

Station is a two-slot, stand-alone unit that recharges up to two “smart" batteries, using sequential charging and recalibration techniques. Through sequential charging, the batteries placed in each slot are recharged one at a time. Through recalibration, each battery can be completely discharged and immediately recharged. This unique feature extends the life of each battery.

Recalibration also improves the accuracy of the battery charge reading located on each battery, as well as feedback listed on the Modero Touch Panels onscreen Battery Base page. Instantly track the life of each battery in order to determine the amount of time available for Touch Panel operation.

FEATURES

Comes complete with two NXT-BP batteries

Recharges a set of NXT-BP batteries in approximately 4 hours

CONNECTORS

Power In: Power from Power Station’s Power Supply barrel connector.

Battery Interface: 2 (5-pin) connectors one in each charging slot

NXA-CFTP128M

128MB Compact Flash Upgrade

FG2116-22

NXA-CFTP256M

256MB Compact Flash Upgrade

FG2116-23

NXA-CFTP512M

512MB Compact Flash Upgrade

FG2116-24

NXA-CFTP1G

1G Compact Flash Upgrade

FG2116-25

NXA-EM128M

128MB SDRAM Upgrade

FG079-01

NXA-EM256M

256MB SDRAM Upgrade

FG079-02

CB-TP17

Conduit Box for NXD-CV17

FG034-10

CB-TP15

Conduit Box for NXD-CV15

& NXD-CA15

FG032-10

The Conduit Wall Box is an optional accessory for the Modero Flush Mount

Modero Touch Panels. The Conduit Box allows the Modero to be mounted directly to the studs/pre-wall and includes a wall box and mounting screws.

17" PRODUCT DIMENSIONS

13.55" x 17.07" x 3.49" (34.43 cm x 43.36 cm x 8.85 cm)

15" PRODUCT DIMENSIONS

13.48" x 14.18" x 3.49" (34.24 cm x 36.00 cm x 8.85 cm)

NXA-RK17

Rack Mount Kit for NXD-CV17 &

NXD-CA17

FG2904-51

NXA-RK15

Rack Mount Kit for NXD-CV15 &

NXD-CA15

FG2904-51

NXA-RK12

Rack Mount Kit for NXD-CV12 &

NXD-CA12

FG2904-50

The Rack Mount Kit is an optional accessory for Flush Mount Modero Touch

Panels. The kit allows the Modero to be mounted directly on an equipment rack and includes a rack mount frame, screws and washers.

MB-TP17

VESA Mounting Kit for NXD-CV17

FG033-50

MB-TP15

VESA Mounting Kit for NXD-CV15

FG032-50

MB-TP12

VESA Mounting Kit for NXD-CV12

FG031-50

Kits enables installation of the wall mount version of the 17" (NXD-CV17), 15”

(NXD-CV15) and 12” ( NXD-CA12) Modero Touch Panels on any VESA(TM)compliant mount to include pivots, arms, poles, under-cabinet mounts, etc. The kit includes a metal back box with VESA 75 x 75 mm mounting pattern, plastic back cover, and screws. Kit does not include support arm.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

T O U C H P A N E L I N T E R F A C E 4

A key to leading AMX technology has been the amazing G4 (4th Generation Graphics) engine introduced on the Touch Panel

Interface 4. Unmatched G4 features are the gold standard for high-end user interface designs and capabilities.

NXP-TPI/4

NetLinx Touch Panel Interface 4

FG2275

Create a Touch Panel user interface that combines video and RGB media with

Touch Panel graphics. Locate the TPI/4 next to the media, which is typically in the equipment rack – not in the conference room. Accept media from plug-in cards, freely mixing video and RGB inputs as needed. Send the combined graphics to a Touch Monitor on a table, lectern or wall. Pass mouse touch control to the computer that’s displayed on the screen. Now you have one unified navigator for control, video, computers and the Internet. It’s an idea that revolutionized the industry, forever changing the way we view our connected world.

AMX G4 GRAPHICS

32-bit Touch Panel graphics with 8-bit alpha-channel transparency

16 million color palette

Animated buttons/icons

Transparent images and buttons

KEY TPI/4 FEATURES

24-bit video/graphics

RGB, Video, S-Video

Resizeable windows

Real-time video on all windows

Inputs up to 1600x1200 sized images

Outputs up to 1280x1024 displays

Routes USB/PS2 mouse and keyboard data via USB to computers from each RGB input

Plays WAV and MP3 audio files

Operates on ICSNet and Ethernet networks

Four scalable video windows are driven by any combination of four

TP4-RGB and TP4-VID cards

Adapts to specific display requirements using software programmable refresh rates

POWER:

NXP-TPI/4 unit: 750 mA @ 12 VDC

TP4-VID input card: 400 mA @ 12 VDC

TP4-RGB input card: 400 mA @ 12 VDC

MEMORY:

64MB SDRAM (upgradeable to 256MB)

64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB) factory programmed with panel firmware

DIMENSIONS:

NXP-TPI/4: 2.12" x 16.95" x 10.24"

(5.38 cm x 43.05 cm x 26.01 cm)

TP4-VID: 1.05" x 2.80" x 8.60" (with connector - 9.34 cm)

(2.67 cm x 7.11 cm x 21.84 cm (with connector - 23.72 cm)

TP4-RGB: 1.05" x 2.80" x 8.60"

(2.67 cm x 7.11 cm x 21.84 cm)

WEIGHT:

NXP-TPI/4 base unit: 4.80 lbs (2.18 kg)

NXP-TPI/4 with two cards: 6.05 lbs (2.74 kg)

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

TOUCH DRIVERS:

ELO ® , MicroTouch ® , DynaPro ® , SmartTech ® ,EZScreen ® , Wacom ® , IST ®

FRONT PANEL COMPONENTS:

RS-232 (DB-9) 9-pin serial port. Used for PC to TPI/4 programming

Four pushbuttons to change Resolution, Touch, Calibration and Setup settings

Six LEDs display the activity of inputs 1-4, Power and ICSP

REAR PANEL COMPONENTS:

RS-232 (DB-9) 9-pin serial port. Used to connect a pointer device such as a mouse or touch screen

USB port can be used to connect a pointer device

2 PS/2 ports for keyboard and mouse control

2 USB host ports for keyboard and mouse control

HD-15 VGA output connector with a maximum resolution of 1280x1024 @ 60 Hz

2 RJ-45 ICSNet ports

1 RJ-45 10/100baseT Ethernet port

INPUT CARD SLOTS:

Any combination of 4 TPI/4 input cards

TP4-RGB Card – HD15 D-Sub and USB port for G4 Computer Control

TP4-VID Video Card – Switchable Composite and S-Video input

AUDIO:

Stereo output through a 3.5mm mini-jack

TP4-VID

TPI/4 Video Input Card

FG2275-10

FEATURES:

BNC composite and S-Video inputs

NTSC/PAL/SECAM

Software switchable between Composite and S-Video

Status LEDs indicate Composite/S-Video selection

Use the TP4-VID input module in any input slot to connect video sources, such as VCRs and DVDs

Accepts Composite and S-Video input signals for scalable video windows

Supports NTSC/PAL/SECAM video input signals

Inputs selectable under program control

CONNECTORS

BNC Composite Video Input

S-Video Video Input

Composite LED indicates that its respective connector is currently selected for video input

S-Video LED indicates that its respective connector is currently selected for video input

TP4-RGB

TPI/4 RGB Input Card

FG2275-20

FEATURES:

HD15 RGB connector for RGB graphics

640x480 to 1600x1200 (scaled to 1280x1024)

USB Mouse/Keyboard Output

Use the TP4-RGB input module in any input slot to connect RGB-type sources such as VGA, SVGA, etc.

Accepts RGBHV, RGBS (H/V), and RGsB

Accepts computer-level graphics for resizeable video windows

USB host port used for pass-through computer control

CONNECTORS

HD-15 D-Sub Graphics Input

USB Mouse/Keyboard Output Port

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

T P I / 4 A C C E S S O R I E S

TP4-RGBCBL

RGB Breakout Cable, 15 Pin Female

FG2275-30

NXA-CFTPI128M

128MB Compact Flash Upgrade for TPI/4

FG2116-12

NXA-CFTPI256M

256MB Compact Flash Upgrade for TPI/4

FG2116-13

NXA-CFTPI512M

512MB Compact Flash Upgrade for TPI/4

FG2116-14

NXA-CFTPI1G

1GB Compact Flash Upgrade for TPI/4

FG2116-15

NXA-EXM128M

128MB SDRAM Upgrade for TPI/4

FG079-01

NXA-EXM256M

256MB SDRAM Upgrade for TPI/4

FG079-02

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

ViewPoint Wireless

Touch Panels

8 . 4 " M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S

The 8.4" Modero ViewPoint (MVP-8400) is the ultimate user interface, incorporating wireless mobility, Table Top functionality, and the flexibility to operate as a Wall/Flush Mount unit. The MVP-8400 also includes 1-way and 2-way communications capabilities and standard 802.11b wireless technology. This MVP of control offers powerful and affordable Touch Panel solutions, achieving one-touch automation without compromising the advanced control features that have become staples of AMX.

MVP-8400

8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

FG5965-02

The MVP-8400 sets a new benchmark in wireless Touch Panel control, providing maximum comfort and convenience. The popular, AMX-exclusive

SmoothTilt™, available on every Modero Touch Panel, enhances Table Top convenience. With one hand, the MVP-8400 can be quietly and effortlessly adjusted for the optimum viewing angle. The MVP-8400 continues to provide the most innovative features on the market, including the ability to display stunning G4 graphics and wireless multimedia. The MVP-8400 is just the right size for any integrated environment. AMX now enables the end user and dealer to choose from an expanded line of Modero Touch Panels, designed to meet their specific needs today and into the future.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DISPLAY

8.4" Color active-matrix TFT

(800 x 600 pixel resolution)

Viewing Angle: + 120° (Left to Right)

+ 80° (Top to Bottom)

Display colors: 256K (18-bit color depth)

Brightness: 180 cd/m2

Contrast: 350:1

Anti-glare Overlay

Aspect Ratio: 4x3

MEMORY

64MB RAM

64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB)

POWER

Operates with 1 or 2 MVP-BP battery packs

12 VDC Power Supply for recharging batteries

INTERFACES

802.11b Wireless Ethernet for 2-way network communications

Mini-USB for programming file transfer

Docking Station Interconnect

Power Supply, coaxial barrel connector

FRONT PANEL

Front Buttons: 9 programmable buttons

Speakers: 2 internal

Microphone: Used for intercom applications

INCLUDED ACCESSORIES

Two MVP-BP

PS4.4

Stylus

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

MVP-TDS, Table Top/Tilt Docking Station

MVP-WDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station

MVP-KS, Kickstand

MVP-BP, Spare Battery Pack

PS4.4, Power Supply

MVP-STYLUS, Pack of 3 Stylus

CB-MVPWDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station Conduit Box

CC-USB, Programming Cable

NXA-CFSP128M, 128M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP256M, 256M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP512M, 512M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP1G, 1G Compact Flash

MECHANICAL FEATURES

Dimensions (HWD): 7.165" x 10.474" x 1.205" (18.20 cm x 26.60 cm x 3.06 cm)

Weight: 2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

7 . 5 " M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S

The 7.5" Modero ViewPoint (MVP-7500) is the ultimate user interface, incorporating wireless mobility, Table Top functionality, and the flexibility to operate as a Wall/Flush Mount unit. The MVP-7500 also includes 1-way and 2-way communications capabilities and standard 802.11b wireless technology. This MVP of control offers powerful and affordable Touch Panel solutions, achieving one-touch automation without compromising the advanced control features that have become staples of AMX.

MVP-7500

7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

FG5965-02

The MVP-7500 provides maximum comfort and convenience – the perfect size for any integrated environment. The popular, AMX-exclusive SmoothTilt™, available on every Modero Touch Panel, enhances Table Top convenience. With one hand, the MVP-7500 can be quietly and effortlessly adjusted for the optimum viewing angle. The MVP-7500 continues to provide the most innovative features on the market, including the ability to display stunning G4 graphics. AMX now enables the end user and dealer to choose from an expanded line of Modero Touch Panels, designed to meet their specific needs today and into the future.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DISPLAY

7.5" Color passive-matrix

(600 x 480 pixel resolution)

Viewing Angle: + 80° (Top to Bottom)

+ 80° (Top to Bottom)

Display colors: 4K (12-bit color depth)

Brightness: 120 cd/m2

Contrast: 20:1

Anti-glare Overlay

Aspect Ratio: 4 x 3

MEMORY

64MB RAM

64MB Compact Flash (upgradeable to 1GB)

POWER

Operates with 1 or 2 MVP-BP battery packs

12-18 VDC Power Supply for recharging batteries

INTERFACES

802.11b Wireless Ethernet for 2-way network communications

Mini-USB for programming file transfer

Docking Station Interconnect

Power Supply, coaxial barrel connector

FONT PANEL

Front Buttons: 9 programmable buttons

INCLUDED ACCESSORIES

One MVP-BP

PS4.4

Stylus

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

MVP-TDS, Table Top/Tilt Docking Station

MVP-WDS, Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station

MVP-KS, Kickstand

MVP-BP, Spare Battery Pack

MVP-STYLUS, Pack of 3 Stylus

CB-MVPWDS, Conduit Box

CC-USB, Programming Cable

NXA-CFSP128M, 128M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP256M, 256M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP512M, 512M Compact Flash

NXA-CFSP1G, 1G Compact Flash

MECHANICAL FEATURES

Dimensions (HWD): 7.165" x 10.474" x 1.329" (18.20 cm x 26.60 cm x 3.37 cm)

Weight: 2.0 lbs (0.91 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T A C C E S S O R I E S

MVP-TDS

MVP Table Top Docking Station

FG5965-10

Place the wireless MVP into the Table Top Docking Station and re-charge its batteries while remaining in continuous control of your integrated technology.

The adjustable station creates just the right viewing angle for any situation.

Attach a keyboard and mouse using the docking station's USB ports - a great feature for surfing the Web with the G4 Computer Control application.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

Fully raised: 7.40" x 7.01" x 9.83" (18.80 cm x 17.80 cm x 25.00 cm)

Fully lowered height: 4.27" (10.80 cm)

WEIGHT

4.57 lbs. (2.07 kg)

FRONT PANEL FEATURES:

Electromagnet to secure the MVP to the MVP-TDS

Release push button to disengage the electromagnet and remove the MVP from the MVP-TDS

Two LEDs (through push button) to indicate battery-charging status and

MVP communications

REAR PANEL FEATURES:

(2) Type A USB ports, for keyboard and mouse

Power supply jack, 13.5VDC, 6mm coaxial male

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:

MVP-8400, 8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

MVP-7500, 7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

MVP-BP, Modero ViewPoint Battery Pack

PS4.4, 4.4A, power supply with 6mm coaxial connector

MVP-WDS

MVP Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station

FG5965-11

Place the wireless MVP into the Wall/Flush Mount Docking Station and re-charge its batteries while remaining in continuous control of your integrated technology. The adjustable station creates just the right viewing angle for any situation. Attach a keyboard and mouse using the docking station's USB ports a great feature for surfing the Web with the G4 Computer Control application.

The MVP-WDS comes with a unique anti-theft locking mechanism. Keep your

MVP panels safe and secure by using the MVP-WDS security latch to maintain a tight grip on your panel. Removing the panel is just as easy. With a push of the button, the MVP glides forward for removal and transport. If security is enabled, a user must enter a valid security code before the MVP is released.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

8.62" x 12.70" x 2.99" (29.90 cm x 32.30 cm x 7.59 cm)

WEIGHT

4.17 lbs. (189 kg)

FRONT PANEL FEATURES:

Rare earth magnet to secure the MVP to the MVP-WDS

Release push button to remove the MVP from the MVP-WDS

Two LEDs (through push button) to indicate battery-charging status and

MVP communications

REAR PANEL FEATURES:

(2) Type A USB ports, for keyboard and mouse

Power supply jack, 13.5VDC, 6mm coaxial male

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES:

MVP-8400, 8.4" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

MVP-7500, 7.5" Modero ViewPoint Touch Panel

MVP-BP, Modero ViewPoint Battery Pack

PS4.4, 4.4A, power supply with 3.5mm phoenix-style connector

CB-MVPWDS, Conduit box for MVP-WDS

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

M O D E R O V I E W P O I N T A C C E S S O R I E S

MVP-KS

MVP KickStand

FG5965-12

The MVP KickStand, MVP-KS, is compatible with both the MVP-7500 and

MVP-8400 Touch Panel. The MVP-KS allows the MVP to rest at an optimal viewing angle on any flat level surface.

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

6.34" x 7.91" x 0.59" (16.10 cm x 20.10 cm x 1.50 cm)

WEIGHT

0.67 lbs. (0.30 kg)

MVP-BP

MVP Battery Pack

FG5965-20

STANDARD FEATURES

(PRELIMINARY SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE)

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

0.48" x 1.52" x 8.65" (1.23 cm x 3.86 cm x 21.97 cm)

WEIGHT

0.67 lbs. (0.30 kg)

POWER

Lithium Ion Cells - 7.2 Volts, 3600 mAh

CC-USB

MVP/CV7 Programming Cable

FG10-5965

APPLICATION

Connects a PC's USB port to the MVP-7500, MVP-8500 or CV7 Touch Panel

Used to transfer firmware kit files, TPD4 Touch Panel files and IR files

MVP-STYLUS

Replacement MVP Stylus, pack of 3

FG5965-30

PS4.4

13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,

(regulated 110/220 VAC input)

FG423-44

APPLICATION

DC power for MVP-7500, MVP-8400 and MVP-TDS

DC POWER OUTPUT

13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps

6mm Coaxial barrel-style plug

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

100-240 VAC

50-60 Hz

ENCLOSURE

Molded black matte plastic international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)

WEIGHT

1 lb. (0.45 kg)

PSN4.4

13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,

(regulated 110/220 VAC input)

FG423-45

APPLICATION

DC power for NetLinx systems, MVP-WDS and CV7 Touch Panel

DC POWER OUTPUT

13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps

3.5 mm phoenix-style plug

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

100-240 VAC

50-60 Hz

ENCLOSURE

Molded black matte plastic international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)

WEIGHT

1 lb. (0.45 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L S

Wireless ViewPoint Touch Panels are an elegant integration of graphic control, wireless convenience, timeless styling and low-cost practicality. The 1-way and 2-way ViewPoint panels are designed for both desktop and hand-held operation.

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

VPN-CP

2-Way ViewPoint Color Wireless

Touch Panel

(includes VPA-BP battery)

FG5964-02 2.4 GHz, Black

Designed for flexible wireless operation, 2-way ViewPoint panels communicate with Axcess receivers via 2-way NetWave RF, a new spread-spectrum technology that delivers increased performance and range. A plug-in highpower, rechargeable NiMH Battery Pack delivers up to two weeks of power with typical use, or up to six hours of continuous operation.

DISPLAY TYPE:

256-color passive-matrix LCD

SCREEN DIMENSIONS:

6" (152 mm) diagonal; 4.7" x 3.5" (118 mm x 89 mm)

SCREEN RESOLUTION (HV):

320x240 pixels

MEMORY:

2.5MB (2MB flash)

TRANSMISSION:

2-Way NetWave RF – 2.4 GHz spread-spectrum 500-foot range

1-Way IR – Can transmit downloaded manufacturer IR codes

INCLUDES: (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)

Four programmable side-screen control buttons

Internal battery charger

VPA-BP rechargeable NiMH battery

1.5 A @12 VDC power supply

3' (9.8 m) RS-232 programming adapter cable

ENCLOSURE:

Molded plastic with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

2.8" x 8.8" x 6.0" (71 mm x 222 mm x 152 mm)

POWER:

Power supply or battery (6-hour continuous battery operation)

WEIGHT:

1.8 lbs (0.8 kg) with battery or 1.6 lbs (0.7 kg) without battery

SOFTWARE:

TPDesign3 Touch Panel design/programming

VPXpress ViewPoint System Software

OPTIONS:

VPA-DS ViewPort Docking Station

VPA-BP Battery Pack

AXR-NWS NetWave Server

VPT-CP

1-Way ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch panel

FG5964-418 418 MHz, Black

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

FG5964-310

FG5964-315

310 MHz, Black

315 MHz, Black

Designed for flexible wireless operation, 1-way ViewPoint panels communicate with Axcess receivers via 1-way RF or IR commands. A plug-in high-power, rechargeable NiMH Battery Pack delivers up to two weeks of power with typical use, or up to six hours of continuous operation.

DISPLAY TYPE:

256-color passive-matrix LCD

SCREEN DIMENSIONS:

6" (152 mm) diagonal; 4.7" x 3.5" (118 mm x 89 mm)

SCREEN RESOLUTION (HV):

320x240 pixels

MEMORY:

2.5MB (2MB flash)

TRANSMISSION:

1-Way Wireless RF – Must specify frequency

1-Way Wireless IR – Switchable high-/low-frequency IR (455 or 38 kHz). Can transmit downloaded manufacturer IR codes

INCLUDES: (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)

Four programmable side-screen control buttons

Internal battery charger

VPA-BP rechargeable NiMH battery

1.5 A @12 VDC power supply

3´ (9.8 m) RS-232 programming adapter cable

ENCLOSURE:

Molded plastic with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

2.8" x 8.8" x 6.0" (71 mm x 222 mm x 152 mm)

POWER:

Power supply or battery (6-hour continuous battery operation)

WEIGHT:

1.8 lbs (0.8 kg) with battery

1.6 lbs (0.7 kg) without battery

SOFTWARE:

TPDesign3 Touch Panel design/programming

VPXpress ViewPoint System Software

OPTIONS:

VPA-DS ViewPort Docking Station

VPA-BP Battery Pack

AXR-RF Receiver

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

V I E W P O I N T T O U C H P A N E L A C C E S S O R I E S

VPA-DS

ViewPort Docking Station

FG5961-02

Cradles ViewPoint Touch Panel at perfect angle for Table Top control.

FEATURES

Charges ViewPoint’s internal battery fully within two hours

Stores spare VPA-BP battery pack; charges battery when ViewPoint is not present in cradle

LED INDICATORS

Red – spare battery is charging

Yellow – ViewPoint connected to cradle

Green – spare battery is fully charged

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.8" x 8.3" x 7.62" (122 mm x 211 mm x 194 mm)

WEIGHT:

18.4 oz (522 g)

POWER:

1.52 A @12 VDC power supply (not included)

VPA-BP

ViewPoint Rechargeable

Battery (NiMH)

FG0962

BATTERY:

6-cell NiMH (Nickel Metal Hydride) 7.2 VDC, 3.7 Amp hours

BATTERY LIFE:

Approx. 6 hours full-bright run time (1-way wireless)

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.3" x 2.0" x 0.7" (136 mm x 51 mm x 18 mm)

WEIGHT:

11.7 oz (331.7 g)

OPTIONS:

VPA-DS ViewPort Docking Station

2 - W A Y W I R E L E S S R E C E I V E R

1 - W A Y W I R E L E S S R F A N D I R R E C E I V E R S

AXR-RF

RF Receiver (AXLink)

FG782-304

FG782-310

FG782-315

FG782-418

FG782-433

304 MHz

310 MHz

315 MHz

418 MHz

433 MHz

RF Reception: Super-heterodyne, must specify frequency

RANGE:

100-300' range, depending on transmitter

INCLUDES:

Movable, hinged antenna to allow optimal placement

ENCLOSURE:

Molded black matte plastic for free-standing use

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.5" x 5" x 5" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)

WEIGHT:

11.6 oz (330 g)

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXR-NWS

NetWave Server

(NetWave 2-way 2.4 gHz RF, AXLink)

FG5930-02

FEATURES

Transmits and receives 2-way wireless commands

Manages up to 16 ViewPoint or other NetWave wireless panels

RF FREQUENCY

NetWave 2.4 GHz digital spread-spectrum RF, 500-foot range

WIRING

4-pin AXLink terminal

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.5" x 5.5" x 6.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 165 mm)

WEIGHT:

1.4 lbs (0.6 kg)

POWER:

12 VDC, 100 mA

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

G3

Touch Panels

1 0 . 4 " C O L O R G R A P H I C A C T I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

Size and functionality make the 10.4" Touch Panel one of the most universally accepted user interfaces in the industry.

Sleek and unobtrusive, it fits into any decor and accommodates all the controls needed for a system of any size.

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXT-CG10

10.4" Color Graphic

Table Top Touch Panel

FG950-60

• Screen tilts for best viewing angle

• 10.4" color-active LCD with a 640x480 pixel resolution

• Features a full-screen VGA graphics window

• Includes a resizeable video window

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

MEMORY

4MB

CONNECTORS

4-pin AXLink and 2-pin 12VDC power jacks

DB-9 male PC/mouse input

RCA female connector

15-pin DB-15 (high density) male connector

BASE DIMENSIONS

11.46" x 9.46" (29.12 cm x 24.0 cm)

TILT SCREEN HEIGHTS

Lowered – 4.14" (10.52 cm)

Raised – 9.84" (24.99 cm)

WEIGHT

4.6 lbs (2.08 kg)

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXM-CG10/PB

10.4" Color Graphic Video

Rack Mount Touch Panel,

External Buttons

FG952-61

The AXM-CG10 10.4" Color Active Graphic Rack-Mount Touch Panel is the ultimate power tool, complete with full-screen graphics, video and control functions – all within the same, integrated, graphic Touch Panel.

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

DIMENSIONS

8.72" x 19.00" x 8.1" (22.15 cm x 48.26 cm x 4.62 cm)

19.0" Rack Mount, Metal with black matte finish, 5 rack units high

WEIGHT

6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)

ADDITIONAL PANEL OPTION

AXM-CG10

Color Graphic Rack Mount

FG952-60

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXD-CG10/PB

Color Graphic Flush Mount,

External Push Buttons, Black

FG952-91

The AXD-CG10 Color Graphic Active Flush Mount Touch Panel provides simplified full-size control on walls, in lecterns, and on other flat surfaces. The

AXD-CG10 communicates with the control system over the AXLink data bus.

This panel uses a color active-matrix 10.4" LCD to display interactive control graphics, a video window that can be resized, and a full-screen display of computer-driven images.

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

BASE DIMENSIONS

8.88" x 12.88" x 2.19" (22.56 cm x 32.72 cm x 5.56 cm)

BEZEL COLOR OPTIONS

Black, white or ivory

DÉCOR ® -STYLE ENCLOSURES

Matte finish, screwed security overlay

OPTIONS

CB-TP3 Backbox

WEIGHT

6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)

ADDITIONAL PANEL CONFIGURATIONS

AXD-CV10

Color Video Flush Mount, White

FG951-90

AXD-CG10

Color Graphic Flush Mount, Ivory

FG952-95

AXD-CG10

10.4" Color Graphic Flush Mount Touch Panel, Black

FG952-90

AXD-CG10/PB

Color Graphic Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, White

FG951-91

AXD-CG10/PB

Color Graphic Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, Ivory

FG952-96

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

1 0 . 4 " C O L O R V I D E O A C T I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

The 10.4" Touch Panels from AMX are still some of the most popular user interfaces in the control industry.

AXT-CV10

10.4" Color Video Table Top

Touch Panel

FG950-40

• Screen tilts for best viewing angle

• 10.4" color-active LCD with a 640 x 480 pixel resolution

• Includes a resizeable video window

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

MEMORY

5MB (4MB flash)

CONNECTORS

4-pin AXLink and 2-pin 12VDC power jacks

DB-9 male PC/mouse input

RCA female connector

BASE DIMENSIONS

11.46" x 9.46" (29.12 cm x 24.0 cm)

TILT SCREEN HEIGHTS

Lowered – 4.14" (10.52 cm)

Raised – 9.84" (24.99 cm)

WEIGHT

4.6 lbs (2.08 kg)

AXM-CV10/PB

10.4" Color Video

Rack Mount Touch Panel,

External Buttons

FG950-41

The AXM-CG10 10.4" Color Graphic Rack-Mount Touch Panel is the ultimate power tool, complete with full-screen graphics, video and control functions – all within the same, integrated, graphic Touch Panel.

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

DIMENSIONS

8.72" x 19.00" x 8.1" (22.15 cm x 48.26 cm x 4.62 cm)

19.0" Rack Mount, Metal with black matte finish, 5 rack units high

WEIGHT

6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)

ADDITIONAL PANEL OPTION

AXM-CV10

Color Graphic Rack Mount

FG952-80

AXD-CV10/PB

10.4" Color Video

Flush Mount Touch Panel,

External Buttons

FG952-81

The AXD-CV10/PB Color Video Flush Mount Touch Panel with External

Pushbuttons provides simplified full-size control on walls, in lecterns and on other flat surfaces. The panel communicates with a control system over the

AXLink data bus. The AXD-CV10/PB has a color active-matrix 10.4" LCD, control graphics and a video window that can be resized.

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

BASE DIMENSIONS

8.88" x 12.88" x 2.19" (22.56 cm x 32.72 cm x 5.56 cm)

BEZEL COLORS

Black or white

DÉCOR-STYLE ENCLOSURES

Matte finish, screwed security overlay, and BB-TP3 Backbox

PUSHBUTTONS

Up to 24 pushbuttons (/PB), 12 on each side

OPTIONS

BB-TP3 Backbox

WEIGHT

6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)

ADDITIONAL PANEL CONFIGURATIONS

AXD-CV10

Color Video Flush Mount, Black

FG952-80

AXD-CG10

Color Graphic Flush Mount, White

FG951-80

AXD-CV10

Color Video Flush Mount, Ivory

FG952-85

AXD-CV10/PB

Color Video Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, White

FG951-81

AXD-CV10/PB

Color Video Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, Ivory

FG952-86

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

1 0 . 4 " C O L O R A C T I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

The 10.4" Touch Panels from AMX are still some of the most popular user interfaces in the control industry.

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXT-CA10

10.4" Color Active

Touch Panel

FG950-30

The 10.4" Touch Panels from AMX are still some of the most popular user interfaces in the control industry.

• Screen tilts for best viewing angle

• 10.4" color-active LCD with a 640x480 pixel resolution

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

MEMORY

5MB (4MB flash)

CONNECTORS

4-pin AXLink and 2-pin 12VDC power jacks

DB-9 male PC/mouse input

BASE DIMENSIONS

11.46" x 9.46" (29.12 cm x 24.0 cm)

TILT SCREEN HEIGHTS

Lowered – 4.14" (10.52 cm)

Raised – 9.84" (24.99 cm)

ENCLOSURE

Black plastic with matte finish

WEIGHT

4.6 lbs (2.08 kg)

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXM-CA10/PB

10.4" Color Active

Rack Mount Touch Panel,

External Buttons

FG952-21

The AXM-CA10 10.4" Color Active Rack-Mount Touch Panel with External

Pushbuttons features a large, brilliant LCD that helps to transform advanced technology into easy-to-operate tools. This includes interactive graphics that perform a number of functions at the simple touch of a command button.

• Installs into a flat surface

• Viewing angle can be changed dependent on location: Wall or podium

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

DIMENSIONS

8.72" x 19.00" x 1.78" (22.15 cm x 48.26 cm x 4.52 cm)

WEIGHT

6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)

ADDITIONAL PANEL OPTION

AXM-CA10

Color Graphic Rack Mount

FG952-20

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXD-CA10/PB

10.4" Color Active

Flush Mount Touch Panel,

External Buttons

FG952-71

The AXD-CA10/PB Color Active Flush Mount Touch Panel with External

Pushbuttons provides simplified full-size touch control on walls, in lecterns and on other flat surfaces. The AXD-CA10/PB communicates with the control system over the AXLink data bus. The panel displays control graphics on a color active-matrix 10.4" LCD.

• Installs into a flat surface

• Viewing angle can be changed dependent on location: Wall or podium

POWER

1 A @ 12 VDC

BASE DIMENSIONS

8.88" x 12.88" x 2.19" (22.56 cm x 32.72 cm x 5.56 cm)

BEZEL COLORS

Black or white

DÉCOR-STYLE ENCLOSURES

Matte finish, screwed security overlay, and BB-TP3 Backbox

PUSHBUTTONS

Up to 24 pushbuttons (/PB), 12 on each side

OPTIONS

CB-TP3 Backbox

WEIGHT

6.1 lbs (2.77 kg)

ADDITIONAL PANEL CONFIGURATIONS

AXD-CA10

Color Active Flush Mount, Black

FG950-30

AXD-CA10

Color Active Flush Mount, White

FG951-70

AXD-CA10

Color Active Flush Mount, Ivory

FG952-70

AXD-CA10/PB

Color Active Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, White

FG952-71

AXD-CA10/PB

Color Active Flush Mount, External Push Buttons, Ivory

FG952-76

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

G 3 T O U C H P A N E L A C C E S S O R I E S

CB-TP3 TP3 Conduit Box

FG025-10

APPLICATIONS:

• AXD-CG and AXD-CG/PB

• AXD-CV and AXD-CV/PB

• AXD-CA and AXD-CA/PB

EXM-1MB 1MB Extended Memory

FG074

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

6 " C O L O R A C T I V E V I D E O T O U C H P A N E L S

AXD-CV6

6" Color Active Video

Flush Mount Touch Panel

FG5924-10

FG5924-11

White

Black

Like to see the video you’re controlling? Looking for the perfect panel for the wall or lectern? You’ll love the CV6 6" Color Active Video Flush Mount

Touch Panel. Featuring a resizeable video window, colorful icons and simplified menus, the 6" panel is the ideal navigator to your media-rich world.

FEATURES

Display Type: 6" color active-matrix LCD, 320x240 pixels

Video: Resizeable video window, NTSC/PAL/SECAM video

Memory: 2.5MB (2MB flash, 512KB RAM))

Network: AXLink

Power: 12 VDC, 1.18 A

Design Software: TPDesign3

INCLUDES

4-pin AXLink terminal

2-pin PWR terminal

Mounting Set (drywall clips and screws)

Mounting Template

CONNECTIONS

BNC Video input

4-pin AXLink terminal

2-pin power terminal

DB-9-Program port

ENCLOSURE

Faceplate available in white (standard) or black finish

Molded backbox mounts to any flat surface

MOUNTING

Included metal enclosure easily surface-mounts with screws or drywall clips

Panel snaps into enclosure for seamless, simple installation

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

Faceplate: 5.37" x 6.79" x 0.3" (136.4 mm x 172.46 mm x 7.62 mm)

Backbox: 4.43" x 5.97" x 2.4" (112.52 mm x 151.63 mm x 60.9 mm)

WEIGHT

7.7 lbs (3.5 kg)

OPTIONS

CB-CV6 CV6 Backbox, simplifies pre-installation for AXD-CV6 panels

AC-CV6T Accessory Table Top Kit

CB-CV6

CV6 Conduit Box

FG029-10

AC-CV6T

Table Top Enclosure (Accessory)

FG5924-20

FG5924-21

FG5924-22

Dark Gray

Platinum

Unfinished

Aluminum

The AC-CV6T Table Top Enclosure is a pioneering effort by AMX to create yet another ideal control and automation feature. With so many end users drawn to the overall functionality and design of the 6" Touch Panel, creating the AC-

CV6T for added convenience was the next step.

The Table Top Enclosure remains small in size so that the 6" Touch Panel delivers the ultimate in convenience and practicality. The end user can comfortably navigate on-screen buttons, security cameras, baby-cams and more. The AC-CV6T can be positioned on a coffee table or desk for ongoing control and automation at all times. The metal casing is offered in Dark Gray and Platinum, and also customizable unfinished Aluminum in order to match any interior decoration.

COMPATIBILITY AND CONNECTIONS

All AXD-CV6 models only

All cable connections are routed out of the enclosure through the rear opening on the enclosure.

Internal connectors are equivalent to those AXD-CV6 rear connectors

AXD unit contains a 4-pin AXLink connector for communication to an AMX

Central Controller and a BNC connector for video signals.

AC-CV6T Table Top cable (Video/AXLink cable combo) – 10' (3.05 meters).

Uses BNC and mini-Phoenix AXLink connectors

OPTIONS

PSN2.8 Power Supply

PSN6.5 Power Supply

CB-CV6 Conduit/Wallbox (includes flanges for installation to studs during the construction phase)

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT

AXT Table Top unit: 3.84" X 6.48" X 5.33" (9.75 cm x 16.46 cm x 13.54 cm)

Faceplate: 6.37" x 8.66" x 0.62" (16.18 cm x 21.99 x 1.57 cm)

Entire unit: 11.49 lbs. (5.21 kg)

Enclosure only: 3.75 lbs. (1.70 kg)

Conduit box for AXD-CV6 Touch Panel

DIMENSIONS

6.05" x 4.50" x 3.40" (153.7 mm x 114.3 mm x 86.4 mm)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

5 . 5 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

AXT-MCP

5.5" Color Passive Touch Panel

FG925-20

Big control capabilities in a compact size. The AXT-MCP 5.5" Color Passive

Touch Panel, boasts a vibrant color passive-matrix LCD, high resolution graphics, a rich color background and an adjustable console for the best viewing angle and ease of operation. As an option, 12 instant-access buttons with custom engraving can be added for extended control features

(AXT-MCP/PB).

• Mounts on any flat surface

• Available in black

• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)

LCD

5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels

Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)

Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)

POWER

485 mA @ 12 VDC

MEMORY

512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB (2MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps and fonts)

DIMENSIONS

Base dimensions (WD): 8.23" x 7.51" (20.90 cm x 19.08 cm)

Display height: 3.87" (9.83 cm) fully lowered, 5.95"(15.11 cm) fully raised

ENCLOSURES

TiltScreen Table Top console; black plastic with matte finish

REAR CONNECTORS

AXLink: Mini-XLR (male) 4-pin AXLink connector

PUSHBUTTONS

12 programmable pushbuttons (6 on each side)

COMPATIBILITY

Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common control standard)

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)

PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)

External pushbuttons (6 per side)

WEIGHT

2.10 lbs (0.95 kg)

AXD-MCP

5.5" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel

FG925-40 White

FG925-60 Black

FG925-80 Ivory

The 5.5" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel contains a mini 256 color passive-matrix LCD. The self-contained enclosure uses a microprocessor to control a wide range of multi-media equipment. Using the TPDesign3 software, you can create custom control and display pages with buttons, icons, sliders, bargraphs, time displays, logos and drawings.

• Mounts in a wall, lectern or any flat surface

• Available with white or black faceplates

• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)

LCD

5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels

Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)

Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)

POWER

485 mA @ 12 VDC

MEMORY

512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB

(2 MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts)

DIMENSIONS

Decor faceplate: 5.00" x 8.38" x 0.35" (12.70 cm x 21.27 cm x 0.89 cm)

Low-profile Back Box: 4.25" x 7.10" x 2.17" (10.80 cm x 18.03 cm x 5.51 cm)

BB-MTP: 4.17" x 6.98" x 2.17" (10.59 cm x 17.73 cm x 5.51 cm)

ENCLOSURES

Metal sub-plate and bezel with black or white matte finish

Detachable front panel faceplate

REAR CONNECTORS

AXLink: 4-pin male connector for transfer of data and power to the

AMX Central Controller

COMPATIBILITY

Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common control standard)

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)

PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)

4-pin mini-XLR

Cable assembly

External pushbuttons (6 per side)

CB-MTP and faceplate bezel security plates

WEIGHT

3.90 lbs (1.70 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

5 . 5 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

AXD-MCP/PB

5.5" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel with External Pushbuttons

FG925-41 White

FG925-61 Black

FG925-81 Ivory

The 5.5" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel contains a mini 256 color passive-matrix LCD. The self-contained enclosure uses a microprocessor to control a wide range of multi-media equipment. Using the TPDesign3 software, you can create custom control and display pages with buttons, icons, sliders, bargraphs, time displays, logos and drawings.

• Mounts in a wall, lectern, or any flat surface

• Available with white or black faceplates

• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)

LCD

5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels

Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)

Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)

POWER

485 mA @ 12 VDC

MEMORY

512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB

(2MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts)

DIMENSIONS

Decor faceplate: 5.00" x 8.38" x 0.35" (12.70 cm x 21.27 cm x 0.89 cm)

Low-profile Back Box: 4.25" x 7.10" x 2.17" (10.80 cm x 18.03 cm x 5.51 cm)

BB-MTP: 4.17" x 6.98" x 2.17" (10.59 cm x 17.73 cm x 5.51 cm)

ENCLOSURES

Metal sub-plate and bezel with black or white matte finish

Detachable front panel faceplate

REAR CONNECTORS

AXLink: 4-pin male connector for transfer of data and power to the AMX Central Controller

PUSHBUTTONS

12 programmable pushbuttons (6 on each side)

COMPATIBILITY

Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common control standard)

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)

PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)

4-pin mini-XLR

Cable assembly

External pushbuttons (6 per side)

CB-MTP and faceplate bezel security plates

WEIGHT

3.90 lbs (1.70 kg)

AXM-MCP

5.5" Rack-Mount

Color Passive Touch Panel

FG925-90 Black

• Mounts in a wall, lectern or any flat surface

• Available with a black faceplate

• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)

LCD

5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels

Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)

Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)

POWER

485 mA @ 12 VDC

MEMORY

512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB

(2MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts)

DIMENSIONS

Rack-mount: 5.22" x 19.0" x 2.37" (13.26 cm x 48.26 cm x 6.02 cm)

ENCLOSURES

19" (48.3 cm) rack-mount; metal black matte finish

(3 rack units high)

REAR CONNECTORS

AXLink: 4-pin male connector for transfer of data and power to the AMX Central Controller

COMPATIBILITY

Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common control standard)

INCLUDED ACCESSORIES

Low-profile Back Box

4-pin female AXLink bus connector

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)

PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)

External pushbuttons (6 per side)

WEIGHT

3.60 lbs (1.60 kg)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

5 . 5 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

AXM-MCP/PB

5.5" Rack-Mount Color Touch Panel with External Pushbuttons

FG925-91 Black

CB-MTP

MTP Conduit box

FG027-10

APPLICATIONS

AXD-MLC and AXD-MLC/PB

AXD-MCV and AXD-MCV/PB

AXD-MCP and AXD-MCP/PB

• Mounts in a wall, lectern, or any flat surface

• Available with a black faceplate

• Available with pushbuttons (MCP/PB) or without pushbuttons (MCP)

LCD

5.5" color passive-matrix LCD with a resolution of 320x240 pixels

Visible area: 5 inches (12.70 cm)

Screen dimensions (HW): 3.05" x 4.06" (7.75 cm x 10.31 cm)

POWER

485 mA @ 12 VDC

MEMORY

512KB of SRAM and 2MB of flash for a total of 2.5MB

(2MB available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts)

DIMENSIONS

Rack-mount: 5.22" x 19.0" x 2.37" (13.26 cm x 48.26 cm x 6.02 cm)

ENCLOSURES

19" (48.3 cm) rack-mount; metal black matte finish (3 rack units high)

PUSHBUTTONS

12 programmable pushbuttons (6 on each side)

REAR CONNECTORS

AXLink: 4-pin male connector for transfer of data and power to the AMX Central Controller

COMPATIBILITY

Axcess and Landmark Control Systems (AXLink is the most common control standard)

INCLUDED ACCESSORIES

Low-profile Back Box

4-pin female AXLink bus connector

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN2.8 Power supply (can be used on the MCP)

PSN6.5 Power supply (recommended for use on the MCP)

External pushbuttons (6 per side)

WEIGHT

3.60 lbs (1.60 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

4 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

Redesigned and ready to deliver enhanced control capabilities, in a minimum of space, at a price well within your budget.

The sleek AXD-CP4/A and AXT-CP4/A 4" Color Touch Panels boast numerous innovations: A microphone, speakers, an IR receiver and buttons with LED indicators. This panel fits in nicely with any décor and provides just the right amount of control and automation.

External programmable buttons, previously located at the bottom of the panel, are now positioned conveniently to the right side of the screen and come with a set of 18 caps that include two “Up and Down" arrows, 10 pre-printed with labels, as well as six blanks for customization or on-screen graphic user interface navigation. There is less need for custom engraving, and they are also applicable internationally. Sharp graphics, colorful icons and an ergonomic design welcome you to take control with the effortless press of a button. Intelligent light and motion sensors recognize when to adjust screen brightness to help eliminate glare and will instantly activate the panel or automate the room as you approach.

AXT-CP4/A

4" Color Touch Panel with Audio

FG5921-31 Platinum

Table Top versions (AXT) are available in Dark Gray and Platinum.

SCREEN RESOLUTION

320x240 pixels (HV)

VIEWING ANGLE

Horizontal viewing angle: -+50°

Vertical viewing angle: -+50°

IR RECEPTION AREA

45° up on the AXT (30° on the AXD) from the horizontal plane

15° down on the AXT (30° on the AXD) from the horizontal plane

40° right of the vertical plane (both AXD and AXT units)

40° left of the vertical plane (both AXD and AXT units)

EXTERNAL BUTTONS

Six interchangeable external pushbuttons. Pushbutton assignments can include the typical Device/Channel numbers, Flip to Page option and String/Macro.

Buttons are used as interface tools that operate on-screen menus or turn On/Off the controlled equipment.

EXTERNAL LEDS

External LEDs: Six LEDs located alongside each external pushbutton.

Independently operated and programmed.

BUTTONS

Set of 18 changeable button caps consisting of: six blanks, two embossed with

Up/Down arrows, and 10 engraved with standard icons. These buttons match the bezel coloring.

BUTTONS LABELS

10 standard icon pre-printed buttons

These buttons contain 10 icons covering the following functions: MENU, LIGHTS,

AUDIO, VIDEO, ENVIRONMENT, SECURITY, INTERCOM, MUTE, DRAPES and

POWER

LIGHT DETECTOR

Photosensitive light detector for adjustment of the panel brightness.

MOTION SENSOR

Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached.

Activation range: + 20° vertically from center and + 45° horizontally from center.

IR RECEIVER

38 KHz, 1-way IR reception (of AMX codes only)

MICROPHONE

Used for audio conferencing applications (intercom functionality)

SPEAKERS

Frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz

AXLINK/POWER

4-pin 3.5 mm mini-phoenix connector for communication to the AMX Central

Controller providing both data and power

AUDIO

8-pin 3.5 mm mini-phoenix connector for audio input/output

PROGRAMMING PORT

2.5 mm stereo female conductor jack (side mounted)

POWER CONSUMPTION

770 mA @ 12 VDC

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT

Indoor operation at temperatures between 10° C (50° F) to 40° C (104° F) and a humidity range of 5% to 90% RH (non-condensing)

MEMORY

512KB of SRAM and 2MB of Flash for a total memory of 2.5MB

(2MB is available for buttons, icons, bitmaps and fonts)

ENCLOSURE

Table Top enclosure is available in either Dark Gray (FG5921-30) or Platinum

(FG5921-31)

DIMENSIONS

Table Top unit: 4.22" x 6.24" x 4.99" (10.72 cm x 15.85 mm x 12.67 mm)

WEIGHT

2.26 lbs. (1.03 kg)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

4 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

AXD-CP4/A

4" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel with Audio

FG5921-20 Black

FG5921-21 Almond

FG5921-22 White

SCREEN RESOLUTION

320x240 pixels (HV)

VIEWING ANGLE

Horizontal viewing angle: -+50°

Vertical viewing angle: -+50°

IR RECEPTION AREA

45° up on the AXT (30° on the AXD) from the horizontal plane

15° down on the AXT (30° on the AXD) from the horizontal plane

40° right of the vertical plane (both AXD and AXT units)

40° left of the vertical plane (both AXD and AXT units)

EXTERNAL BUTTONS

Six interchangeable external pushbuttons. Pushbutton assignments can include the typical Device/Channel numbers, Flip to Page option and String/Macro.

Buttons are used as interface tools that operate on-screen menus or turn On/Off the controlled equipment.

EXTERNAL LEDS

External LEDs: six LEDs located alongside each external pushbutton.

Independently operated and programmed.

BUTTONS

Set of 18 changeable button caps consisting of: six blanks, two embossed with

Up/Down arrows, and 10 engraved with standard icons. These buttons match the bezel coloring.

BUTTONS LABELS

10 standard icon pre-printed buttons

These buttons contain 10 icons covering the following functions: MENU, LIGHTS,

AUDIO, VIDEO, ENVIRONMENT, SECURITY, INTERCOM, MUTE, DRAPES and POWER

LIGHT DETECTOR

Photosensitive light detector for adjustment of the panel brightness.

MOTION SENSOR

Proximity Infrared Detector to wake the panel when the panel is approached.

Activation range: + 20° vertically from center and + 45° horizontally from center.

IR RECEIVER

38 KHz, one-way IR reception (of AMX codes only)

MICROPHONE

Used for audio conferencing applications (intercom functionality)

SPEAKERS

Frequency response 450 Hz - 7 KHz

AXLINK/POWER

4-pin 3.5 mm mini-phoenix connector for communication to the AMX Central

Controller providing both data and power

AUDIO

8-pin 3.5 mm mini-phoenix connector for audio input/output

PROGRAMMING PORT

2.5 mm stereo female conductor jack (side mounted)

POWER CONSUMPTION

770 mA @ 12 VDC

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

OPERATING ENVIRONMENT

Indoor operation at temperatures between 10° C (50° F) to 40° C (104° F) and a humidity range of 5% to 90% RH (non-condensing)

MEMORY

512KB of SRAM and 2MB of Flash for a total memory of 2.5MB

(2MB is available for buttons, icons, bitmaps, and fonts).

ENCLOSURE

BackBox with black matte finish Detachable front panel bezel are available in

White (FG5921-22), Black (FG5921-20) and Almond (FG5921-21)

DIMENSIONS

Housing: 4.60" x 5.34" x 1.87" (11.68 cm x 13.56 cm x 4.75 cm)

WEIGHT

2.23 lbs. (1.02 kg)

AC-CP4A/WRB

Water Resistant Bezel Set for AXD-CP4/A

FG5921-24

Introducing the water-resistant bezels for AXD-CP4/A - AC-CP4A/WRB. Set includes all three colors- white, black, and almond - covered with a thin transparent water-resistant film to protect the bezel including the touch screen, sensor lens, and pushbuttons. It also includes a rubber-foam gasket to "seal" a potential gap between the bezel and the wall.

CB-CP4/A

Conduit Box for AXD-CP4/A

FG033-10

CB-CP4/A is an optional Conduit/Wallbox for AXD-CP4/A Color Flush Mount

Touch Panels. It represents a metallic housing that is installed onto a beam in a pre-wall setting. The Touch Panel is housed in a default back box that ships with each unit that is not removed in the conduit box installation method.

The CB-CP4/A Conduit/Wallbox package includes drywall clips and screws for installation to studs during the construction phase.

DIMENSIONS:

4.09" x 5.51" x 3.40" (10.39 cm x 13.99 cm x 8.64 cm)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

4 " C O L O R P A S S I V E T O U C H P A N E L S

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY* *LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXT-CP4

4" Color Table Top Touch Panel

FG5921-10

FG5921-11

FG5921-12

White

Black

Ivory

Need a touch of fun in your world? Choose the 4" Color Touch Panel and enjoy the wonders of smart, colorful control all within the absolute minimum space on your wall, table and budget. Take control from color menus and icons or illuminated PDA-style engravable buttons below the screen. Intelligent sensors adust the screen brightness so the panel glows without glaring, and can detect your presence so the screen lights up as you approach. In addition to controlling the LCD, the sensors can automatically turn PDA button illumination on and off.

ENCLOSURE:

Molded Table Top, screen angled at 45 degrees for optimal viewing.

Available in white, ivory and black colors

DISPLAY TYPE:

4" color passive-matrix LCD

SCREEN RESOLUTION:

(HV): 320x240 pixels

PDA BUTTONS:

Four backlit buttons and one left-right rocker button (two channels)

INCLUDES:

Light Sensor and Motion Sensor

MEMORY:

2.5 MB (2 MB flash)

NETWORK:

AXLink

POWER:

12 VDC, 750 Ma

DESIGN SOFTWARE:

TPDesign3

MOUNTING:

Included molded enclosure easily surface-mounts with screws or drywall clips.

Panel snaps into enclosure for seamless, simple installation

CONNECTIONS:

4-pin AXLink terminal, DB-9 RS-232 program port

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.04" x 5.25" x 4.64" (103 mm x 134 mm x 123 mm)

WEIGHT:

4.5 lbs (2 kg)

INCLUDES:

4-pin AXLink terminal, Mounting Set (drywall clips and screws) and Mounting

Template

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

AXD-CP4

4" Color Flush Mount Touch Panel

FG5921

FG5921-01

FG5921-02

White

Black

Ivory

ENCLOSURE:

Faceplate available in white (standard), black or ivory finish.

Molded backbox mounts into wall or any flat surface

DISPLAY TYPE:

4" color passive-matrix LCD

SCREEN RESOLUTION:

(HV): 320x240 pixels

PDA BUTTONS:

Four backlit buttons and one left-right rocker button (two channels)

INCLUDES:

Light Sensor and Motion Sensor

MEMORY:

2.5 MB (2MB flash)

NETWORK:

AXLink

POWER:

12 VDC, 750 mA

DESIGN SOFTWARE:

TPDesign3

MOUNTING:

Included molded enclosure easily surface-mounts with screws or drywall clips.

Panel snaps into enclosure for seamless, simple installation

CONNECTIONS:

4-pin AXLink terminal, DB-9 RS-232 program port

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

Faceplate: 5.13" x 5.25" x 0.40" (130.3 mm x 133.4 mm x 10.16 mm)

Housing: 4.03" x 4.45" x 2.00" (102.36 mm x 113.03 mm x 50.8 mm)

WEIGHT:

4.5 lbs (2 kg)

INCLUDES:

4-pin AXLink terminal, Mounting Set (drywall clips and screws) and Mounting

Template

CB-CP4

Conduit box for AXD-CP4

FG028-10

CB-CP4 is an optional Conduit/Wallbox for

AXD-CP4 Color Flush Mount Touch Panels.

It represents a metallic housing that is installed onto a beam in a pre-wall setting. The Touch Panel is housed in a default back box that ships with each unit that is not removed in the conduit box installation method.

The CB-CP4 Conduit/Wallbox package includes drywall clips and screws for installation to studs during the construction phase.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

T O U C H P A N E L I N T E R F A C E 3

This is where multi-media control capabilities in the control industry really started. Today, the Touch Panel Interface 3 remains the least expensive solution for incorporating multi-media into an AMX installation.

AXB-TPI/3

Touch Panel Interface 3

FG5975

TP3-RGB

TPI/3 RGB INPUT CARD

FG5975-20

The TPI/3 sets the standard for multi-media touch control. Display simultaneously as many as three media windows, re-adjustable from thumbnails to full-screen view.

Mix and match any combination of video and computer input cards. Monitor multiple video windows, all running at full-frame rate. Create up to nine video windows by stacking as many as three Touch Panel Interface 3 units. Directly command the PC mouse by touching the PC image on the Touch Panel screen.

And, of course, connect to AMX Axcess and NetLinx Control Systems.

DISPLAY FORMATS

VGA (640x480; 60, 72, 75, 85 Hz)

SVGA (800x600; 56, 60, 72, 75 Hz)

XGA (1024x768; 60 Hz).

FRONT PANEL

Output Resolution LEDs

AXLink LED

Program Port

CONNECTORS

Mouse Port: RS-232 (DB-9) 9-pin serial port.

Monitor Output (VGA): HD-15 VGA output connector

Monitor Output (RGBHV) : RGB connection is done by using the five BNC output connectors (from left to right) red (R), green (G), blue (B), horizontal sync (H), and vertical sync (V).

AXLINK CONNECTOR:

4-pin AXLink data/power bus jack

POWER:

2-pin connector (Male)

Connect RGB-type sources.

5-BNC input connectors: R (Red), G (Green), B (Blue), H/HV

(Horizontal/Composite sync), V (Vertical sync)

500 mA power consumption

The TP3-RGB input module accepts the following configurations:

- Red, green, blue, horizontal sync, vertical sync

- Red, green, blue, composite sync (on H/HV connector)

- Red, green, blue, with sync on green signal

To achieve the best video quality on the VGA and RGB modules, use an alternating pixel pattern to fine tune the picture.

TP3-VGA

TPI/3 VGA INPUT CARD

FG5975-30

Connect VGA-type sources (common for PCs).

One HD-15 input connector

500 mA power consumption

The TP3-VGA input module accepts the following configurations:

-

Red, green, blue, horizontal sync, vertical sync

-

Red, green, blue, composite sync

-

Red, green, blue, with sync on green signal

MECHANICAL FEATURES

Dimensions: 3.47" x 13.75" x 8.38" (8.81 cm x 34.93 cm x 21.29 cm)

Weight: 4.85 lbs (2.20 kg)

Enclosure: Metal with black matte finish

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

TP3-VID

TPI/3 VIDEO INPUT CARD

FG5975-10

Connect video sources, such as VCRs and DVDs.

Composite LED indicator (turns on when composite video input is detected).

Composite video input types: NTSC, SECAM, or PAL.

Composite input connector

S-Video LED indicator (turns on when S-Video input is detected).

S-Video input connector

500 mA power consumption

INCLUDED ACCESSORIES

Two rack-mount ears and a package of rack screws

One 4-pin AXLink connector

One 2-pin PWR connector

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PSN6.5 power supply (12 VDC)

Input module (TP3-VID, TP3-RGB, and TP3-VGA)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

1 5 " T O U C H M O N I T O R

Many control applications call for multi-media capabilities of the user interface devices. Connect the Platinum Series

15" Touch Monitor to a Touch Panel Interface 4 and experience one of the most popular, feature-intensive AMX system solutions available.

PTM-D15

Platinum Series

15" Multimedia Touch Monitor

FG5976-68

Our successful Platinum Series features the PTM-D15 15" Touch Monitor, which combines elegant style with a rich look and feel. Used in concert with the

Touch Panel Interface 4, the 15" Touch Monitor delivers the ultimate in interactive multi-media capabilities, including video, high-resolution graphics, animated icons, integrated stereo speakers and more. This monitor has a wide

160° viewing angle and crisp color with incredible depth and contrast.

The 15" Touch Monitor is applicable to Table Top or Surface Mount installations. In either configuration, the monitor provides a comprehensive point of control for any application – corporate boardroom, training facility, university classroom or home.

Some of the most prominent features include:

Receives a video signal through a DB-15 VGA connector

Supports 14 of the most popular user-definable resolution standards

Uses track wheels for +360° base swivel

Contains built-in audio speakers

Provides input/output of audio signals

Provides USB upstream/downstream communication between the monitor and external USB devices (including the computer)

DISPLAY

Featuring a widely accepted screen size, the 15" Touch Monitor accommodates the most complex of control designs. Navigate on-screen graphics, monitor real-time video and manage networked computers directly from the enhanced touch-screen display. Lightning-fast response is literally right at your fingertips.

Screen Size: 15" (38.10 cm) diagonal

Pixel Format: 1024x768 vertical strip

Pixel Pitch: 0.297 mm x 0.297 mm

Brightness: 220 cd/m2

Contrast Ratio: 300:1

Tilt Angle: 30° from vertical

Viewing Angle: 160°/160° (minimum)

Color Depth: 18-bit (256K color)

ERGONOMICS

The 15" Touch Monitor is more than just a pretty face. The anti-glare screen minimizes eyestrain by eliminating 99 percent of ambient reflections. The touch screen overlay does not darken your carefully designed imagery – over 94 percent of the original brightness comes through. And the panel’s sleek curves offer a comfortable grip when tilting and swiveling the panel to attain the best view possible.

INPUT SIGNAL

Horizontal Frequency: 31kHz - 60kHz

Vertical Frequency: 50Hz - 75 Hz

Max. Pixel Clock: 80MHz

USER-ACCESSIBLE CONTROLS (REAR BUTTONS)

Power Switch: Turns the display On and Off

MENU Select Button: Activates the On-Screen Display (OSD) to allow user access of the configuration settings

UP Button: Increases the speaker volume. When the OSD is active, this button moves the menu selection cursor clockwise to allow selection of menu items

DOWN Button: Decreases the speaker volume. When the OSD is active, this button moves the menu selection cursor counter-clockwise to allow selection of menu items

INCREASE Button: Increases the monitor’s brightness. When the OSD is active, this button increases the selected item’s value.

DECREASE Button: Decreases the monitor’s brightness. When the OSD is active, this button decreases the selected item’s value.

REAR CONNECTORS

VGA Analog Input: HD-15, 15-pin Mini D-Sub connector for VGA input

12 VDC external power supply (included)

USB - 1 upstream port connects the monitor to the computer

USB - 4 downstream ports connect the monitor to up to 4 external devices

Audio: Line-in (Blue), Line-out (Green) use a 3.5 mm Mini-jack

Touchscreen Interface 8-pin Mini-Din to DB-9 connector

TILT ANGLE/SWIVEL

Tilt Angle: 30°

Swivel: +360° from center

AUDIO

Speakers: Internal (Left & Right) 30 mm x 70 mm

Output Power: 1.5 W + 1.5W RMS

USB HUB

Compatible with USB version 1.1

1 upstream port

4 downstream ports

POWER

AC: 90 ~ 265V, 50 ~ 60 Hz

Consumption: < 30 W (On), < 8 W (Stand-by), <5W (Off)

DIMENSION

16.56" x 16.17" x 7.09" (42.08 cm x 41.07 cm x 18.00 cm)

ENCLOSURE

High-impact plastic with platinum matte finish bezel

WEIGHT

7.0 kg (15.43 lbs)

ENVIRONMENT

Operating Temperature: 0° to 40° C

Storage Temperature: -20° t0 60° C

Operating Humidity: 10% to 90%

Storage Humidity: 5% to 95%

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

1 5 " M U L T I M E D I A T O U C H M O N I T O R S Y S T E M S

It is our commitment to always go the extra mile for every AMX customer. A great example of our efforts is the 15" MultiMedia

Touch Monitor Systems, which represent a complete package ready to meet the customer’s multi-media needs – right out of the box, at a reasonable price!

VTM-D15/AS

MultiMedia Table Top System

FG5976-70

The VTM-D15/AS 15" MultiMedia Touch Monitor Systems come ready-to-install and ready-to-use, delivering comprehensive and responsive one-touch control features. An impressive blend of color graphics, sharp icons and seamless video, the dynamic MultiMedia Touch Monitor Systems employ a 15" Touch

Monitor, a TPI/3 Touch Monitor Interface and a TP3 Video Card. Incorporate this system at business or home for unmatched multi-media control, a trademark of leading AMX technology.

PANEL SYSTEMS

Flush Mount System (VTM-D15/ASB):

- VTM-D15/AB (with support bracket), TPI/3, TP3-VID, and

VTM-WMB (Wall Mount Bracket)

Table Top System (VTM-D15-AS):

- VTM-D15/A (with support bracket), TPI/3, and TP3-VID

15" TOUCH MONITOR

Mounts on any flat surface by using either the Table Top Support Bracket or Flush Mount Bracket

Provides 14 of the most popular resolution standards, which are user-definable

Receives a video signal through either a Composite or S-Video connector port on the AXB-TPI/3 and displays it as a VGA signal

DISPLAY FEATURES INCLUDE

Screen Size: 15" (381 mm) diagonal

Pixel Format: 1024x768 vertical strip

Pixel Pitch: 0.297 mm x 0.297 mm

Brightness: 250cd/m2

Contrast Ratio: 300:1

Viewing Angle: 160°/160° (minimum)

Color Depth: 18-bit

INPUT SIGNAL

Horizontal Frequency: 31kHz - 60kHz

Vertical Frequency: 50Hz - 75 Hz

Max. Pixel Clock: 80MHz

FRONT PANEL FEATURES

Power Switch: Turns the display On and Off

LED Indicator: Lights-up green when the display is turned On and lights-up orange when the display is in power save mode

AUTO Button: Adjusts the picture position and performance automatically

UP Button: Activates the On-Screen Display menu and moves the menu cursor clockwise to select menu items

DOWN Button: Activates the On-Screen Display menu and moves the menu cursor counter-clockwise to select menu items

INCREASE Button: Activates the On-Screen Display menu. Selects menu items and adjusts features (increases values)

DECREASE Button: Activates the On-Screen Display menu. Selects menu items and adjusts features (decreases values

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

Remote Controls

R E C E I V E R S A N D T R A N S M I T T E R S

P C P R E S E N T E R S Y S T E M S

P C P R E S E N T E R R E C E I V E R S

PC Presenter LP

Laser Pointer Presenter System

(no power supply)

FG833-315 315 MHz

Here's the ultimate PC presentation power tool. PC Presenter can act as a stand-alone system, offering wireless RF/IR mouse operation, keyboard control, onboard keyboard macro memory and optional laser pointer. It's also a fullfledged Axcess system wireless transmitter and receiver – so presenters can take control of the entire system as well as their PC.

TRANSMISSION

RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request

IR – Low-frequency (38 kHz)

INCLUDES

AXR-MSE Wireless Mouse and Keyboard Controller

TXC-MSL Wireless Mouse Transmitter with Laser Pointer

Two PS2 cables

AXR-MSE

Mouse and Keyboard Interface

FG5508-315

FG5508-418

FG5508-433

315 MHz

418 MHz

433 MHz

Pass-through mouse and keyboard jacks allow both remote wireless and local wired operation. Keystroke sequences can be saved in internal memory, or sent and received through the Axcess system.

CONTROL PORTS

Two female PS/2 connectors for mouse in and out

Two female PS/2 connectors for keyboard in and out

Input for optional IR Sensor (IRX-SM+ or IRX-DS+)

INCLUDES

RF receiver for TXC-MS/MSL, other AMX RF transmitters

One 4-pin AXLink and one 2-pin power connector

ENCLOSURE

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.9" x 5.6" x 5.1" (47 mm x 143 mm x 130 mm)

WEIGHT:

12.4 oz (352 g)

P C P R E S E N T E R T R A N S M I T T E R S

TXC-MS

23-Button Transmitter (RF, 455 kHz IR)

FG5158-315

FG5158-418

FG5158-433

315 MHz RF, 455kHz IR

418 MHz RF, 455kHz IR

433 MHz RF, 455kHz IR

The dedicated MousePad delivers full mouse emulation, with realtime proportional pointing, left and right click, and Enter. In addition,

23 system buttons can activate macros or system commands.

BUTTONS

One proportional mouse control pad

Mouse Enter, left- and right-click buttons

Trigger for mouse Enter

23 system control/keyboard macro buttons

TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)

RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request

IR – High-frequency (455 kHz)

INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)

Two AA alkaline batteries

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

6.5" x 2.0" x 1.6" (165 mm x 51 mm x 40 mm)

WEIGHT:

5 oz (142 g)

TXC-MSL

23-Button Laser Pointer (RF, 455 kHz IR

FG5159-315

FG5159-418

FG5159-433

315 MHz RF, 455kHz IR

418 MHz RF, 455kHz IR

433 MHz RF, 455kHz IR he dedicated MousePad delivers full mouse emulation, with realtime proportional pointing, left and right click, and Enter. In addition,

23 system buttons can activate macros or system commands.

BUTTONS

One proportional mouse control pad

Mouse Enter, left- and right-click buttons

Trigger for laser pointer

23 system control/keyboard macro buttons

TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)

RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request

IR – High-frequency (455 kHz)

INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)

Two AA alkaline batteries

Integral laser pointer

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

6.5" x 2.0" x 1.6" (165 mm x 51 mm x 40 mm)

WEIGHT:

5 oz (142 g)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

T X C + R E M O T E S

The TXC series of battery-operated, hand-held wireless transmitters features a microprocessor-based design for IR and RF transmission. Other radio frequencies are available on request. All offer switchable high-/low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz) IR transmission. The TXC transmitters are available in 4- 16- and 32-pushbutton configurations with custom-engraved overlay and pushbutton layout, optional color text, color borders, and custom logo on panel overlay.

TXC4+

4-Button Transmitter (RF, 38/455 kHz IR)

FG5170-304 304 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG5170-310 310 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG5170-315 315 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG5170-418 418 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG5170-433 433 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

The TXC4+ transmitter fits easily in the hand for convenient four-button wireless control.

PUSHBUTTONS

Up to four pushbuttons

TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)

RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request

IR – Switchable high-/low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz)

INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)

Two AAA alkaline batteries

ENCLOSURE:

Molded black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 37 mm)

WEIGHT:

3.1 oz (88 g)

TXC16+

16-Button Transmitter (RF, 38/455 kHz IR)

FG144-304 304 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG144-310 310 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG144-315 315 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG144-418 418 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG144-433 433 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

PUSHBUTTONS

Up to 16 pushbuttons

TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)

RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request

IR – Low-frequency (38 kHz)

INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)

Two N-size, 1.5 V alkaline batteries

Status LED to indicate signal transmission

ENCLOSURE:

Molded black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.3" x 2.9" x 0.8" (134 mm x 77 mm x 19 mm)

WEIGHT:

4.1 oz (117 g)

TXC4L+

4-Button Transmitter (RF, 38/455 kHz IR)

FG5171-304 304 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG5171-418 418 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

The TXC4L+ transmitter fits easily in the hand for convenient four-button wireless control and includes a built-in laser pointer.

PUSHBUTTONS

Up to four pushbuttons

TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)

RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request

IR – Switchable high-/low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz)

INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)

Two AAA alkaline batteries

ENCLOSURE:

Molded black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 37 mm)

WEIGHT:

3.3 oz (94 g)

TXC32+

32-Button Transmitter (RF, 38/455 kHz IR)

FG145-304 304 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG145-310 310 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG145-315 315 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG145-418 418 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

FG145-433 433 MHz RF, 38/455 kHz IR

PUSHBUTTONS

32 pushbuttons; up to 48 allowed

TRANSMISSION (SELECT OPTION ABOVE)

RF – 418 MHz standard; others on request

IR – Low-frequency (38 kHz)

INCLUDES (DOES NOT INCLUDE RECEIVER)

Four N-size, 1.5 V alkaline batteries

Status LED to indicate signal transmission

ENCLOSURE:

Molded black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.3" x 6.3" x 0.8" (134 mm x 159 mm x 19 mm)

WEIGHT:

8.6 oz (246 g)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

2 - W A Y W I R E L E S S R E C E I V E R

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

AXR-NWS

NetWave Server

(NetWave 2-way 2.4 gHz RF, AXLink)

FG5930-02

FEATURES

Transmits and receives 2-way wireless commands

Manages up to 16 ViewPoint or other NetWave wireless panels

RF FREQUENCY

NetWave 2.4 GHz digital spread-spectrum RF, 500-foot range

WIRING

4-pin AXLink terminal

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.5" x 5.5" x 6.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 165 mm)

WEIGHT:

1.4 lbs (0.6 kg)

POWER:

12 VDC, 100 mA

NWA-EXT

NetWave Server External Antenna (6-foot cable)

FG5930-10

1 - W A Y W I R E L E S S R F A N D I R R E C E I V E R S

AXR-RF

RF Receiver (AXLink)

FG782-304

FG782-310

FG782-315

FG782-418

FG782-433

304 MHz

310 MHz

315 MHz

418 MHz

433 MHz

RF Reception: Super-heterodyne, must specify frequency

RANGE:

100-300' range, depending on transmitter

INCLUDES:

Movable, hinged antenna to allow optimal placement

ENCLOSURE:

Molded black matte plastic for free-standing use

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.5" x 5" x 5" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)

WEIGHT:

11.6 oz (330 g)

AXR-IRSM+

Swivel Mount IR Receiver (AXLink)

FG5454-01

IR RECEPTION: Switchable for high-/low-frequency IR

(455 kHz or 38 kHz) sensing

INCLUDES: Screw slots for wall or ceiling mounting

ENCLOSURE: Off-white metal with swivel mount

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 2.0" x 3.3" x 2.6" (51 mm x 84 mm x 66 mm)

WEIGHT:

4.4 oz (125 g)

AXR-IR+

Wall Mount IR (Infrared) Receiver

FG456-10

FG456-11

White

Black

The AXD-IR+ IR receiver works with AMX IR-format 38 or 455 kHz wireless transmitters. The AXD-IR+ is a remote infrared receiver used with AMX Axcess Central

Controllers and operates via the AXLink bus to remotely control AXLink devices. This IR receiver is in a UniMount wall panel that fits into most USstyle single-gang enclosures.

IR RECEPTION: Switchable for high-/low-frequency IR

(455 kHz or 38 kHz) sensing

ENCLOSURE: Single-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate (white or black)

Molded plastic, fits most US-style single-gang boxes

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.68" x 2.93" x 1.14"

(118.7 mm x 74.4 mm x 29 mm)

WEIGHT: 7.8 oz (218 g)

IRX-DM+

Decor IR Sensor

FG458-10

FG458-11

White

Black

IR RECEPTION: Switchable for high-/low-frequency IR

(455 kHz or 38 kHz) sensing

ENCLOSURE:

Single-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate

(white or black)

MOLDED PLASTIC: Fits most US-style single-gang boxes

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.7" x 2.9" x 1.4" (119 mm x 75 mm x 37 mm)

WEIGHT: 4.1 oz (116 g)

IRX-SM+

Swivel Mount IR Sensor

FG455-01

IR RECEPTION: Switchable for high-/low-frequency IR

(455 kHz or 38 kHz) sensing

INCLUDES: Screw slots for wall or ceiling mounting

ENCLOSURE: Off-white metal with swivel mount

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 2.0" x 3.3" x 2.6" (51 mm x 84 mm x 66 mm)

WEIGHT: 4.4 oz (125 g)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

Keypads

K E Y P A D S

D M S K E Y P A D S

S B K E Y P A D S

PLK-DMS

Direct Menu Select Keypad

FG2405-01

FG2405-02

FG2405-03

FG2405-04

White

Black

Ivory

Almond

Displays multiple pages of menus under program control offering new control options, lists of CD titles, time, date, temperature and other applications.

FEATURES

Scrolls through lists from two up and down arrow buttons

Selects menu options from six buttons alongside the menu

Accesses lighting on/off, dimming and other programmable functions from the large LED button

Provides audio to intercom from internal condenser microphone (requires a discrete home-run cable per panel and additional audio components)

Includes built-in temperature sensor

Links to Landmark and Netlinx systems over PHASTLink data bus

MENU TEXT

Large (approx. 10 characters, 6 lines)

Small (approx. 15 characters, 12 lines)

WIRING:

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

FACEPLATE DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.5" x 3.44" x 0.31"

(65 mm x 88 mm x 8 mm)

BACK BOX DIMENSIONS (HWD):

2.56" x 2.0" x 1.5"

(65 mm x 51 mm x 38 mm)

WEIGHT:

4.6 oz (130 g)

POWER:

150 mA, Supplied by PHASTLink

COLORS:

Black, White and Ivory

PLK-SB

1- and 2-Button Flush Mount Keypad

FG2406-10

FG2406-11

FG2406-12

White Decora style

Black Decora style

Ivory Decora style

SIMPLE SOLUTION

Some areas of the home and office require just a simple touch of control. The

PLK-SB Keypad from AMX provides a convenient, versatile, cost-effective option for achieving effortless control of virtually anything through an AMX

Control System. AMX Keypads are ideal for basic control features, offering the end user a simple-to-understand control and automation solution.

SYSTEM READY

Fully interactive with the AMX Control System, the PLK-SB Keypad communicates over the ICSNet and PHASTLink control networks. The NetLinx module required for ICSNet use is available for download from www.amx.com.

The keypad networks with connected devices to deliver instant control of lights, automated window treatments, thermostats, audio/video components, intercoms and more. Programmed presets and macros can be incorporated for added luxury of home and efficiency in the office. (Downloadable NetLinx Module required / Landmark ready)

FEATURES

Interacts with AMX systems, launching automated response from button press and release, with LED on/off feedback

Can be used as 1-Button or 2-Button style — all plastics included for on-site configuration

Each button contains a programmable LED that may be used to indicate on or off state

Decora-style form factor

Uses standard Decora-style face plates (not included)

Available in white, black or ivory

Connects to AMX Control Systems over ICSNet/PHASTlink interface

WIRING

Two (2) RJ-45 ICSNet ports

POWER:

30 mA

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.23" x 1.67" x 0.85" (10.74 mm x 4.24 mm x 2.15 mm)

WEIGHT:

0.15 oz (7 g)

PLK-DIAG

Landmark DMS Diagnostic

Keypad

FG2405-20

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

W I R E D K E Y P A D S

AXD-MSP8

Softwire 8-Button Keypad

FG790-08

FG790-09

FG790-12

White

Black

Ivory

The AXD-MSP8 Softwire 8-Button Keypad is a microprocessor-controlled pushbutton panel that fits into standard-gang wallplate enclosures. The AXM-MSP8 mounts in a standard

19" (482.6 mm) equipment rack and can be programmed to control a wide variety of equipment connected to an Axcess system. Mini Softwire Panel

(MSP) pushbuttons perform specific operations according to the Axcess software and control cards in the control system. The MSPs include a custom engraved overlay and pushbutton configuration to optimize usability. The number of pushbuttons varies depending on the number of operations the panel must perform.

PUSHBUTTONS: Up to eight gray pushbuttons with LED feedback

BARGRAPHS: One horizontal 8-segment LED bargraph

ENCLOSURE: Single-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate

(white, ivory, or black) Fits most US-style single-gang boxes

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.68" x 2.93" x 1.7"

(118.9 mm x 74.4 mm x 44 mm)

WEIGHT: 3.17 oz (89.8 g)

AXD-MSP32

Softwire 32-Button Keypad

FG790-32

FG790-33

FG790-34

White

Black

Ivory

The AXD-MSP32 Softwire 32-Button

Keypad is a microprocessorcontrolled pushbutton panel that fits into standard three-gang wallplate enclosures. The AXM-MSP32 mounts in a standard 19" (482.6 mm) equipment rack and can be programmed to control a wide variety of equipment connected to an Axcess system. Mini Softwire Panel (MSP) pushbuttons perform specific operations according to the Axcess software and control cards in the control system. The MSPs include a custom engraved overlay and pushbutton configuration to optimize usability. The number of pushbuttons varies depending on the number of operations the panel must perform.

PUSHBUTTONS: Up to 32 gray pushbuttons with LED feedback

BARGRAPHS: Three horizontal eight-segment LED bargraphs

ENCLOSURE: Three-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate

(white, ivory, or black) Fits most US-style three-gang boxes

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.68" x 6.56" x 1.7"

(118.9 mm x 166.6 mm x 44 mm)

WEIGHT: 6.00 oz (170 g)

AXD-MSP16

Softwire 16-Button Keypad

FG790-16

FG790-17

FG790-22

White

Black

Ivory

The AXD-MSP16 Softwire 16-Button Keypad is a microprocessor-controlled pushbutton panel that fits into standard two-gang wallplate enclosures. Mini Softwire Panel

(MSP) Pushbuttons perform specific operations according to the Axcess software and control cards in the control system. The MSPs include a custom engraved overlay and pushbutton configuration to optimize usability. The number of pushbuttons varies depending on the number of operations the panel must perform.

PUSHBUTTONS:

Up to 16 pushbuttons with LED feedback

BARGRAPHS: Two horizontal eight-segment LED bargraphs

ENCLOSURE: Two-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate

(white, ivory, or black) Fits most US-style two-gang boxes

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.68" x 4.75" x 1.7"

(118.9 mm x 120.5 mm x 44 mm)

WEIGHT:

4.58 oz (129.8 g)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

W I R E D K E Y P A D S

PLK-MSP8

Decor 8-Button Mini-Softwire Panel

PFG790-08

PFG790-09

PFG790-10

White Decora style

(1 bargraph, 1 gang)

Black Decora style

(1 bargraph, 1 gang)

Ivory Decora style

(1 bargraph, 1 gang)

FEATURES

Provides up to eight control buttons with LED feedback and one 8-segment LED bargraph display.

Mounts into most US-style single-gang wall boxes

Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network

INCLUDES

Custom engraving

Button layout

Overlay

WIRING

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

POWER:

47 mA, supplied by PHASTLink

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.7" x 2.9" x 1.55" (119 mm x 74 mm x 46 mm)

WEIGHT:

3 oz (90 g)

PLK-MSP32

Decor 32-Button Mini-Softwire Panel

(3 bargraphs, 3 gang)

PFG790-32

PFG790-33

PFG790-34

White Decora style

(3 bargraph, 3 gang)

Black Decora style

(3 bargraph, 3 gang)

Ivory Decora style

(3 bargraph, 3 gang)

FEATURES

Provides up to 32 control buttons with LED feedback and three 8-segment LED bargraph displays

Mounts into most US-style three-gang wall boxes

Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network

INCLUDES

Custom engraving

Button layout

Overlay

WIRING

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

POWER:

130 mA, supplied by PHASTLink

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.7" x 6.6" x 1.55" (119 mm x 170 mm x 46 mm)

WEIGHT:

6 oz (170 g)

PLK-MSP16

Decor 16-Button

Mini-Softwire Panel

PFG790-16 White Decora style

(2 bargraph, 2 gang)

PFG790-17 Black Decora style

(2 bargraph, 2 gang)

PFG790-18 Ivory Decora style

(2 bargraph, 2 gang)

FEATURES

Provides up to 16 control buttons with LED feedback and two 8-segment LED bargraph displays

Mounts into most US-style two-gang wall boxes

Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network

INCLUDES

Custom engraving

Button layout

Overlay

WIRING

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

POWER:

85 mA, supplied by PHASTLink

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.7" x 4.8" x 1.55" (119 mm x 121 mm x 46 mm)

WEIGHT:

5 oz (130 g)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

W I R E D P A N E L S M I N I - L C D P A N E L S

AXM-MSP 32

Rack-Mount Mini-Softwire Panel

FG514

PUSHBUTTONS:

Up to 32 pushbuttons (white, black, or gray) with LED feedback

BARGRAPHS:

Three vertical 8-segment LED bargraphs

ENCLOSURE:

19.0" rack-mount; metal with black matte finish; two rack units high

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

3.5" x 19.0" x 1.0" (89 mm x 483 mm x 25 mm)

WEIGHT:

1 lb (473 g)

AXP-MLCD

Mini-LCD Panel

FG792

DISPLAY: Backlit 2-line 16-character per line LCD readout

PUSHBUTTONS: Matrix of 20 pushbuttons under Lexan faceplate

ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.6" x 3.5" x 0.8" (142 mm x 89 mm x 20 mm)

WEIGHT: 9 oz (255 g)

AXU-SP+

UniMount Softwire Panel

FG772-10

ENCLOSURE: UniMount; metal with white or black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.3" x 9.7" x 1.1" (134 mm x 245 mm x 28 mm)

WEIGHT:

32.6 oz (928 g)

OPTIONS: BB-SP+ Back Box

AXU-MLCD

UniMini-LCD Panel

FG792-01

DISPLAY: Backlit 2-line 16-character per line LCD readout

PUSHBUTTONS: Matrix of 20 pushbuttons under Lexan faceplate

ENCLOSURE: UniMount; metal with white or black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 6.8" x 5.0" x 2.3" (173 mm x 127 mm x 58 mm)

WEIGHT: 14.7 oz (418 g)

OPTIONS: CB-MLCD Back Box

AXU-MLCD

Conduit Box for AXU-MLCD

FG792-02

AXM-SP+

Rack-Mount Softwire Panel

FG772-30

ENCLOSURE:

19.0" rack-mount; metal with black matte finish; three rack units high

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.2" x 19.0" x 1.1" (132 mm x 483 mm x 28 mm)

WEIGHT:

32.6 oz (928 g)

CB-SP+

Conduit Box for AXU-SP+

FG018-04

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

C U S T O M P A N E L I N T E R F A C E S

NXP-CPI16

NetLinx Custom Panel Interface

FG410

AXP-AI8

Analog 8-Input Board

FG783

The NXP-CPI16 NetLinx Custom Panel Interface is a versatile device, useful for both custom panel and contact-closure applications. It will directly interface with AMX Touch Panels and components designed for integration with Axcess

Control Systems. Two 20-pin headers provide ribbon cable wiring or directconnect insertion to circuit boards – one provides inputs for up to 16 closures and the other drives feedback outputs for LEDs. Under software control, the

LED outputs can act as drivers to 8-segment bargraphs or operate as discrete outputs for feedback.

In addition, the NXC-CPI16 also provides two quadrature inputs to control variable levels such as volume or lights. Able to read digital signals from mechanical or optical rotary encoders, the response can be adjusted under software control.

FEATURES:

Integrates custom panels with 16 closure inputs and 16 LED outputs, pin-for-pin compatible with panels designed for AXC-CPI16

Operates as low-cost closure

Acts as driver for up to two 8-segment LED bargraphs, each bargraph uses eight of the 16 LED outputs

Allows precision digital control of up to two levels from quadrature inputs

Accepts mechanical or optical rotary encoders

Offers programmable level response, provides software-driven performance adjustment, and switchable coarse/fine level control

INPUT CONNECTORS

Indicator power: Two-pin 3.5 mm captive wire

I/O Headers: Two 20-pin headers, 8 I/O channels each (16 closure inputs activated with GND or TTL Low (< 0.8 V)). Open collector outputs (0-28 VDC). Inputs are sampled approximately every 10 msec.

Rotary Encoder inputs: Two quadrature inputs on a 2x3 header (6-pin), two encoder inputs (4-pin) with a +5 V supply pin (supplying up to 100 mA) and a GND pin

ICSNET

Two RJ-45 connectors for ICSNet connection

ID BUTTON

Generates an event from the AXC-CPI16 to allow you to assign new device numbers using the ID mode in NetLinx Studio Software

LED

ICSP status indicator (green)

OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS

16-open collector outputs, acting as a switch to ground, up to 100 mA. Outputs can be connected to voltages ranging between 0 and + 28 V. Each output is updated every 10 msec

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

2.75" x 1.85" x 1.40" (6.99 cm x 4.70 cm x 3.56 cm)

WEIGHT:

8.10 oz. (229.63 g)

APPLICATION:

PC board receives joystick or potentiometer control commands

CONTROL PORTS:

Eight analog inputs, 10-bit resolution, resistance (5K-100K) or DC (0-5 V)

INCLUDES: Reference potentiometers, 20-pin ribbon cable, 6.0' (1.8 m)

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 2.8" x 0.9" (89 mm x 69 mm x 23 mm)

WEIGHT: 4.2 oz (118 g), including ribbon cable

AXP-CPI

Custom Panel Interface

FG5775-01

APPLICATION:

Large custom panel, up to 64 pushbuttons; incandescent switch lamps

CONTROL PORTS:

64 polled lamp LED/switch points; two commons for lamp,

LED, and switch Drivers for four bargraphs

INCLUDES: Adjustable lamp glow level, 64-pin ribbon cable, 6.0' (1.8 m)

ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic for free-standing use

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.0" x 5.3" (38 mm x 127 mm x 133 mm)

WEIGHT: 18 oz (510 g), including ribbon cable

AXP-CPI16

Custom Panel Interface Board

FG5780-10

APPLICATION:

PC board for small custom panel, relay and input interface

CONTROL PORTS:

16 switch inputs, 16 outputs, switch to ground;

100 mA each for lamps, LEDs, or relays

INCLUDES: Two 20-pin headers, two 20-pin ribbon cables, 6.0' (1.8 m)

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.8" x 2.8" x 0.9" (46 mm x 69 mm x 23 mm)

WEIGHT: 2.9 oz (82 g), including ribbon cable

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

C U S T O M P A N E L I N T E R F A C E S

AXP-CPIL

LED Custom Panel Interface Board

FG778

APPLICATION:

PC board for large LED lamped panels

CONTROL PORTS:

One 8x8 switch/LED matrix and drivers for two bargraphs

INCLUDES:

34-pin header and 34-pin ribbon cable, 6.0' (1.8 m)

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

3.5" x 3.1" x 0.9" (89 mm x 69 mm x 23 mm)

WEIGHT:

4.2 oz (118 g), including ribbon cable

WPD8

8-Button Flush Mount Keypad

FG620-10

FG620-11

FG620-12

White

Black

Ivory

The WPD8 is designed to control Radia Lighting dimmers, UPC20 power controllers, or any device requiring low-current momentary contact closure control.

PUSHBUTTONS:

Up to eight pushbuttons

CONTROL OUTPUTS:

Eight individual contact closures and LED connectors

INCLUDES:

Overlay engraving

ENCLOSURE:

Single-gang snap-in Decora-style faceplate (white, black, or ivory)

Fits most US-style single-gang boxes

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.7" x 2.9" x 1.0" (119 mm x 74 mm x 25 mm)

WEIGHT:

3.2 oz (90 g)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

WPDR

SPDT Rocker Switch

FG5620-20

FG5620-21

FG5620-22

White

Black

Ivory

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

NetLinx

Controllers

N E T L I N X

N E T L I N X I N T E G R A T E D C O N T R O L L E R S

AMX offers an innovative family of control products called the NI Series, combining the proven technology of the NetLinx

Integrated Controller with the NetLinx ME260 Master Card into a single integrated control system. No other system compares to

NetLinx, which simultaneously communicates over the AXLink databus, high-speed ICSNet control network, long distance ICSHub system link, Ethernet-driven computer networks and the TCIP/IP world of the Internet. NetLinx talks numerous networking languages for literally endless control possibilities. To extend control even farther and customize as needed, take advantage of the innovative modular design. Simply connect several NetLinx Integrated Controllers by securing the appropriate NetLinx Hub Cards in each Processor Card slot.

AMX provides the simplicity, flexibility and cost-effective benefits of ordering and installing a single unit. Three product configurations are available: NI-2000, NI-3000 and NI-4000. Each is designed to deliver a competitively priced control solution for commercial and residential applications of any scale.

NI-2000

NetLinx Integrated Controller

FG2105-01

Single Room Needs – The NI-2000 satisfies the control and automation features common in a single room, which may include the integration of a limited number of VCR and DVD players, projectors, lighting, thermostats and other electronic equipment.

For these more conservative business and home applications, the NI-2000 includes just the right “mix" of compatible control formats:

4 – IR ports

4 – I/O

4 – Relays

3 – RS-232 / RS-422 / RS-485 Serial ports

3 – Communication Networks: ICSNet, AXLink and Ethernet (TCP/IP)

STANDARD FEATURES:

Powerful built-in multiport control

An easy-to-understand control architecture

Ultra-fast processing

Intelligent and reliable networking

Robust 32MB of memory, plus expandable 32MB Compact Flash

700 mA @ 12 VDC

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS:

3.47" x 17" x 3.47" (8.81 cm x 43.18 cm x 8.81 cm)

WEIGHT:

4.50 lbs. (2.04 kg)

NI-3000

NetLinx Integrated Controller

FG2105-02

Larger, Multiple Rooms – The NI-3000 is geared to satisfy the more advanced control and automation requirements within a larger area or multiple rooms. This solution is engineered with twice as many ports and relays as the

NI-2000, offering a greater level of built-in control and automation functionality.

The NI-3000 integrates a larger number of electronics such as VCR and DVD players, projectors, projection screens, lights and other connected systems. In technology-driven environments, this solution allows for the future addition of more devices and control capabilities.

When growing businesses and homes demand future automation enhancements, the NI-3000 comes with just the right “mix" of compatible control formats:

8 – IR ports

8 – I/O

8 – Relays

7 – RS-232 / RS-422 / RS-485 Serial ports

3 – Communication Networks: ICSNet, AXLink and Ethernet (TCP/IP)

STANDARD FEATURES:

Powerful built-in multiport control

An easy-to-understand control architecture

Ultra-fast processing

Intelligent and reliable networking

Robust 32MB of memory, plus expandable 32MB Compact Flash

900 mA @ 12 VDC

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS:

3.47" x 17" x 3.47" (8.81 cm x 43.18 cm x 8.81 cm)

WEIGHT:

4.55 lbs. (2.06 kg)FG2105-02

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

N E T L I N X I N T E G R A T E D C O N T R O L L E R S

NI-4000

NetLinx Integrated Controller

FG2105

Superior Functionality – The NI-4000 is geared to meet the high-end control and automation requirements within the most sophisticated and complex commercial and residential installations. This solution is engineered with the same number of ports and relays as the NI-3000, plus four NetLinx Control

Card slots in order to achieve a superior level of built-in control and automation functionality.

The NI-4000 integrates the largest amount of electronics such as VCR and DVD players, projectors, projection screens, lights, HVAC systems, security cameras and more. In technology intensive environments, this solution can be used to anticipate the future addition of devices and control capabilities.

For businesses experiencing rapid growth and homes looking for greater flexibility and customization, the NI-4000 includes the perfect"mix" of compatible control formats:

8 – IR ports

8 – I/O

8 – Relays

7 – RS-232 / RS-422 / RS-485 Serial ports

3 – Communication Networks: ICSNet, AXLink and Ethernet (TCP/IP)

4 – NetLinx Control Card Expansion slots that support all NXC control cards

STANDARD FEATURES

Powerful built-in multiport control

An easy-to-understand control architecture

Ultra-fast processing. Intelligent and reliable networking

Robust 32MB of memory, plus expandable 32MB Compact Flash

900 mA @ 12 VDC

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS:

5.21" x 17" x 9.31" (13.23 cm x 43.18 cm x 23.65 cm)

WEIGHT:

9.15 lbs. (4.15 kg)

NXI

NetLinx Integrated Controller

(Controller only)

FG2101

Boasting a sleek modular design and compact size, the AMX NetLinx Integrated

Controller packs extremely powerful control and effectively manages extensive networking capabilities. Take instant command over any piece of integrated equipment – from projectors and window treatments to security, lighting and even the personal computer – with a full array of RS-232/422/485 ports,

IR/Serial ports, Input/Output channels and relays.

Provides versatile, multiport control:

Six data ports for RS-232/422/485 control, with XON/XOFF and CTS/RTS, 300-

230,4000 baud

Eight IR/Serial ports for control of up to 1.14 MHz carrier frequency

Eight I/O channels for closure, 0-5 VDC voltage sensing, or interactive power sensing for IR ports

12 relays

OTHER FEATURES:

Accepts the NXC-ME260 NetLinx Master and NetLinx Hub Processor cards

Supports graphical setup, status, and testing from NetLinx Studio software

1.09 mA @ 12 VDC

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.72" x 17.00" x 8.81" - 1 Rack Unit

(4.37 cm x 43.18 cm x 22.37 cm)

WEIGHT (WITHOUT PROCESSOR):

4.0 lbs (1.8 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

N E T L I N X M A S T E R C A R D ,

C A R D F R A M E A N D M O D U L E S

NXC-ME260

NetLinx Master260 Card, Ethernet

FG2010-60

The NXC-ME260 NetLinx Master260 Card installs into the NetLinx CardFrame,

Integrated Controller and Modules.

FEATURES

257 MIPS Motorola ColdFire® microprocessor

16MB Compact Flash memory, 16MB SDRAM, 1MB NVRAM memory

Accepts CF and CF II memory, presently upgradeable to 1GB (IBM Microdrive) and beyond as CF technology allows

750 mA @ 12 VDC

SECURITY

NT-style safeguards, delivering superior network-standard security, accepted and understood by IT departments everywhere

Access to ports, files and functions assignable to Administrator, Users and

Groups

Does not require secondary firewall for network security

REAR PANEL

PWR: 2-pin 12 VDC power terminal

AXLink LED: Green LED status

AXLink: 4-pin terminal data/power bus

Expansion Out: RJ-11 port to AXB-SPE Server Port Expander for AXLink distribution

Program: 5-pin terminal, electronically identical to front-panel

Program RS-232 port

ICSNet: Two RJ-45 jacks for ICSNet data and power, green LED flashes when receiving data,12 VDC (500 max each port)

ICSHub: In and Out RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub data, yellow LED flashes when receiving data

Ethernet: RJ-45 jack for 10/100baseT network connection

A LED: Yellow Activity LED blinks when receiving Ethernet data packets

L LED: Green Link LED blinks when receiving Ethernet data packets

Speed LED: Green LED lights when transmitting at 100 Mbps, off when operating at 10 Mbps

FD LED: Green Full Duplex LED lights in duplex mode, off when running in half-duplex mode

FRONT PANEL

Program: DB-9 (male) RS-232 connector

Status LED: Green LED for programming and communication status

Output LED: Red LED blinks when Master sends data

Input LED: Yellow LED blinks when Master receives data

Program DIP Switch: Behind faceplate, sets data parameters

DIMENSIONS:

1.5" x 5.0" x 8.8" (45 mm x 127 mm x 224 mm)

NXF

NetLinx CardFrame (CardFrame

Only)

FG2001

With an extremely easy-to-use and easy-to-understand modular design, the

NXF NetLinx CardFrame delivers a plethora of control features for any installation. Built with flexibility and custom control in mind, the CardFrame is capable of creating a multitude of networking possibilities.

Take control of any connected device by simply inserting as many as 12

NetLinx Control Cards into the front-access slots of the CardFrame. Feel free to exchange and replace cards – without disturbing control wiring in the back of the unit. It’s seamless and efficient.

FRONT PANEL COMPONENTS:

Master/Hub Card slot Houses the Master or Hub Card

Control Card slots: 12 card slots for the NetLinx Control Cards that control devices connected to the CardFrame

REAR PANEL COMPONENTS:

Control Card connectors (1-12) 20-pin black (male) connectors that connect the optional Control Cards and external equipment to the CardFrame

+12 VDC PWR 2-pin green (male) connector for connecting a 12 VDC power supply

CardFrame can be powered via the Master Card (default) or by an external power supply connected to the CardFrame's PWR connector

8-position DIP switch address range is 1-3072 CardFrame Number DIP switch

Sets the starting address for the Control Cards in the CardFrame

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish.

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

3.5"x 17.0" x9.6" (8.89 cm x 43.18 cm x 24.38 cm)

WEIGHT:

9.1 lbs (4.1 kg)

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

NETLINX HUB CARDS

NXC-NH ICSNet Hub Card

NXC-HS ICSHub Server Card

NXC-HE ICSHub Expander Card

NETLINX CONTROL CARDS

NXC-COM2 Dual COM Port Control Card

NXC-I/O10 Input/Output Control Card

NXC-IRS4 4-Port IR/S Control Card

NXC-REL10 Relay Control Card

NXC-VA14 Analog Voltage Control Card

NXC-VOL4 Volume Control Card

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

N E T L I N X M A S T E R C A R D ,

C A R D F R A M E A N D M O D U L E S

NXF-MINI

NetLinx Mini-CardFrame

(CardFrame Only)

FG2104

The NXF-MINI NetLinx Mini-CardFrame extends the control capabilities of the

AMX NetLinx Control System to a remote area or location. Compatible with the

ME260 Master Card, NI-2000, NI-3000 and NI-4000 NetLinx Controllers, the

Mini-CardFrame allows the installer to add as many as four NetLinx devicespecific control cards for expanding control and automation features.

Available NetLinx Control Cards include:

4 – Port IR/Serial

2 – Port RS-232/422/485

10 – Channel Relay

10 – Channel Input/Output

4 – Channel Voltage Output/Analog Input

4 – Channel Volume

FEATURES

25 mA @ 12 VDC

FRONT PANEL

1–4: Shows LED status indicators from optional NXC control cards

REAR PANEL

Slots 1–4: 20-pin control card connectors

Device: 8-position DIP switch sets the starting address for the Control Cards in the Mini-CardFrame

ICSNet: One RJ45 connector for ICSNet interface

PWR: 2-pin jack for +12 VDC power input

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

MOUNTING OPTIONS:

Rack, wall, or shelf mount

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.75"x17.0"x9.56" (4.45 cm x 43.18 cm x 24.28 cm)

(width does not include mounting ears)

WEIGHT:

6.2 lbs (2.8 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

N E T L I N X C O N T R O L C A R D S

NetLinx Control Cards serve as flexible, modular building blocks for creating advanced control applications. Up to 12 Control

Cards can be inserted into the NXF NetLinx CardFrame’s front-access control slots or supplied in an NXS-NMS NetModule Shell enclosure for stand-alone operation.

NetLinx Control Cards can meet a wide variety of control needs, including multi-port RS-232/422/485, IR/Serial, Input/Output,

Relay, Voltage, and Volume control. Every NetLinx Control Card includes a full array of LED status indicators at the front, easily viewable from the NetLinx enclosure’s translucent cover. Whether in a CardFrame or NetModule Shell, NetLinx Control Cards operate directly on the high-speed ICSNet data bus.

NXC-I/O10

Input/Output Card, 10 Channels

FG2021

The NXC-I/O10 Input/Output Card provides 10 Input/Output channels and LED feedback. It acts as a logic-level input and responds to switch closures or voltage level (high/ low) changes.

FEATURES

Provides 10 Input/Output control channels and front-panel feedback

Acts as logic-level switch or input, senses high and low voltage states in voltage mode

OPERATION

I/O 1-10: 10 I/O channels

STATUS 1-10: ONE LED FOR EACH CHANNEL

Yellow LED for on status

Green ICSP status LED

WIRING:

3.5 mm captive-screw terminals

NXC-VAI4

Voltage Output/Analog Input Card,

FG2025

The NXC-VAI4 Analog Voltage Card provides four independent analog-todigital inputs and four independent digital-to-analog outputs, which are controllable over the ICSP network. Each port can be configured for a variety of

DC input and output signals.

FEATURES

Inputs: Four high-impedance analog DC inputs

Outputs: Four analog DC outputs (user-configurable)

D/A, A/D conversion: A/D and D/A converters for analog sampling and control

8- or 10-bit; user selectable

Available input voltages: 0 V to +12 V

Available output voltages: -12 V to +12 V

The output voltage may be software-configured for any minimum and maximum levels between -12 and +12 VDC

Maximum output current = 60 mA.

Over-voltage protection to +28 VDC

External reference: A user supplied external reference voltage can be used to set the maximum voltage range for the D/A outputs. The full analog output range is scaled to fit the maximum range set by the external reference.

Output voltage may be set to any level between 0-12 VDC, referenced to the external reference voltage input and NXC-VAI4 power supply GND.

EXTERNAL REFERENCE INPUT: (EREF - ONE FOR EACH OUTPUT)

Maximum external reference input voltage = +12 VDC

Over-voltage protection to +28 VDC

INTERNAL REFERENCE OUTPUT: (IREF)

+5 V reference output, maximum current = 60 mA

This output is intended to drive a ground-referenced load

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

N E T L I N X C O N T R O L C A R D S

NXC-VOL4

Volume Card, 4 Channels

FG2024

The NXC-VOL4 Volume Card provides four discrete volume control channels with LED feedback. The volume control channels can be programmed for mono or stereo operation, and balanced or unbalanced audio connections. It supports programmable audio levels, audio mute, variable ramp speeds and preset levels. Use the on-board jumpers to set the gain/attenuation (Unity, Pro level

(+4dBu) to Consumer level (-10dBu) conversion, or Consumer level to Pro level on each channel).

FEATURES

Provides four line-level audio volume channels and front-panel feedback

Operates for balanced and unbalanced applications

OPERATION

Volume 1-4: 4 volume channels

STATUS 1-4: THREE LEDS FOR EACH CHANNEL

Yellow LED for level up

Yellow LED for level down

Red LED for level mute

Green ICSP status LED

JUMPERS 1-4

Input -10dBm/+4 dBm

Output -10dBm/+4 dBm

WIRING:

3.5mm captive-screw terminals

AUDIO SPECIFICATIONS

Frequency response of 15 Hz-25 KHz

THD less than .005 at nominal output level

IMD less than .01 at nominal output level

S/N ration greater than 100 dB (IHF A)

Cross talk less than 80 dB

Logarithmic attenuation range of 95 dB

NXC-COM2

Dual COM Port Card, 2 RS-232/422/485

FG2022

The NXC-COM2 Dual COM Port Card provides two RS-232, RS-422, or

RS-485 control ports and LED feedback for remote sources connected to the

NXF NetLinx CardFrame, NI-4000 or NXS-NMS NetModule Shell.

FEATURES

Provides two RS-232/422/485 data control ports and front-panel feedback

OPERATION

Data 1-2: two RS-232/422/485 control ports, supports, XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS,

300–115,200 baud

STATUS: TWO LEDS FOR EACH CHANNEL

Red LED for data TX, RTS

Yellow LED for data RX, CTS

Green ICSP status LED

WIRING:

3.5mm captive-screw terminals

NXC-REL10

Relay Card, 10 Channels

FG2020

The NXC-REL10 Relay Card provides 10 relays to support devices that employ simple momentary or latching contact-closure control with LED feedback.

FEATURES

Provides 10 isolated relays and front-panel LED feedback

OPERATION

Relay 1-10: 10 relays, 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC normally open

STATUS 1-10: ONE LED FOR EACH RELAY

Red LED shows on status

Green ICSP status LED

WIRING:

3.5mm captive-screw terminals

NXC-IRS4

4-Port IR/S Card, 4 IR/S and 4 Inputs

FG2023

The NXC-IRS4 4-Port IR/S Card provides four IR/Serial input control ports with

LED status feedback. Each port in the NXC-IRS4 stores programmed commands for IR- or serial-controlled devices.

FEATURES

Provides four IR/IR Serial control ports and front-panel status feedback

Includes four inputs for sensed IR power control

OPERATION

IR 1-4: four IR/IR Serial control ports

20 KHz-1.14 MHz

INPUT 1-4

Four I/O ports for closure or 0–5

VDC sensing, 200 mA

STATUS 1-10: TWO LEDS FOR EACH CHANNEL

Red LED for IR transmission

Yellow LED for input status

Green ICSP status LED

WIRING:

3.5mm captive-screw terminals

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

N E T L I N X H U B C A R D S A N D M O D U L E S

NXC-NH NetLinx ICSNet Hub Cards, NXC-HS NetLinx ICSHub Server Cards and NXC-HE NetLinx ICSHub Expander Cards are key components to comprehensive, far-reaching AMX control. These cards and modules are engineered to seamlessly distribute

ICSP (Internet Control System Protocol) data and NetLinx ICSNet control throughout the NetLinx Control System.

NetLinx ICSNet Hub Cards, ICSHub Server Cards and ICSHub Expander Cards can extend control up to 1,000 feet. By fully regenerating data at every distribution point, the Cards and Hubs create control systems of virtually any size over long distances.

Hub Cards are available with NetLinx Integrated Controllers and CardFrames, as well as in a Module enclosure (NXS-MHS

NetLinx Master/Hub Module Shell) for stand-alone operation.

NXC-NH

NetLinx ICSNet Hub Card

FG2060

The NXC-NH NetLinx ICSNet Hub Card provides eight ICSNet ports.

FEATURES

Distributes ICSNet data and power to other NetLinx devices

Manages up to 8 independent ICSNet wiring runs using Echelon technology

Handles wiring runs of up to 1,000 feet for each ICSNet run

Links to NetLinx Master and Hubs via ICSHub networking

Accepts ICSHub data, regenerates new ICSHub data link for up to 1,000 feet

Employs industry-standard CAT-5 wiring and connections

Available to install in NXF NetLinx CardFrame, NXI or in NXS-MHS

Module enclosure

REAR PANEL

PWR: 2-pin 12 VDC power terminal

ICSNet: Eight RJ-45 jacks for ICSNet data and power, green LED flashes when receiving data

ICSHub: In and Out RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub data and power, yellow LED flashes when receiving data

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.5"x5.0"x8.8" (45 mm x 127 mm x 224 mm)

WEIGHT:

26 oz (737 g)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

NXC-HE

NetLinx ICSHub Expander Card

FG2062

The NXC-HE ICSHub Expander Card can be used as an ICS hub cable extender where runs between ICS hubs are more than 1,000 feet. The NXC-HE Card can also be used in place of a Master Card in a NXI NetLinx Integrated Controller or

NXF (CardFrame) to be used as slave devices.

FEATURES

Links to NetLinx Master and Hubs via ICSHub networking

Available to install in NXF NetLinx CardFrame or NXI Integrated Controller

REAR PANEL

PWR: 2-pin 12 VDC power terminal

ICSHub: Two RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub In/Out data and power, yellow LED flashes when receiving data

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.5"x5.0"x8.8" (45 mm x 127 mm x 224 mm)

WEIGHT:

26 oz (737 g)

NXC-HS

NetLinx ICSHub Server Card

FG2061

The NXC-HS ICSHub Server Card provides nine ICSHub OUT ports for connecting NetLinx Controllers and Hubs, and one ICSHub IN port.

FEATURES

Distributes ISCHub data to other NetLinx Master and Hubs

Accepts ICSHub data In, regenerates new ICSHub data Out for up to 1,000 feet

REAR PANEL

PWR: 2-pin 12 VDC power terminal

ICSHub Out: 8 RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub data and power, yellow LED flashes when receiving data

ICSHub: In and Out RJ-45 jacks for ICSHub data and power, yellow LED flashes when receiving data

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.5"x5.0"x8.8" (45 mm x 127 mm x 224 mm)

WEIGHT:

26 oz (737 g)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

N E T L I N X H U B C A R D S A N D M O D U L E S N E T L I N X S Y S T E M A C C E S S O R I E S

NXS-MHS

Master/Hub Module Shell

FG2009

Accepts NetLinx Processor ICSNet and ICSHub Cards. Includes faceplates for

Master and Hub.

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.50"x 5.55"x 8.75" (3.81 cm x 14.10 cm x 22.23 cm)

EXA

Ethernet Crossover Adapter

FG959-10

Used to allow direct connection (without a network hub) between a PC's

10/100baseT Ethernet port to a Landmark (PLC) or NetLinx (NXC) Master Card

NCK

NetLinx Connector Kit

FG2902

NXS-NMS

NetModule Shell

FG2009-10

The NXS-NMS NetModule Shell accommodates one NetLinx Control Card and connects to the NetLinx bus via ICSNet connections. The NXS-NMS offers a simple and economical way to integrate additional functionality to control systems. Accepts all NetLinx (NXC) Control Cards

FEATURES

Control connector: 20-pin black (male) connector that connects the NetModule

Shell to external devices. These connectors are keyed to ensure proper installation

ICSNet RJ-45 connectors: Receives power and data from a NetLinx Master/Hub

ICSNet Port. An ICSNet port on a NetLinx Master or Hub supplies up to 500 mA at 12 V for module power

12 VDC power supply connectors: Two parallel male 2-pin (green) parallel connectors for 12 VDC power

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.50"x 5.55"x 9.25" (3.81 cm x 14.10 cm x 23.50 cm)

CSB Cable Support Bracket

(AXCENT3, AXCENT2,AXF-MINI, and AXB-VTI6)

FG517

Application: 80% of all service calls are due to loose or broken cables.

Use the CSB to secure your control cable installation.

NXA-CFM32M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260

FG2116-01 32MB

NXA-CFM64M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260

FG2116-01 64MB

NXA-CFM128M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260

FG2116-01 128MB

NXA-CFM256M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260

FG2116-01 256MB

NXA-CFM512M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260

FG2116-01 512MB

NXA-CFM1G

FG2116-01

Compact FLASH Upgrade for NXC-ME260

1GB

NXA-CFNI64M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers

FG2116-01 64MB

NXA-CFNI128M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers

FG2116-01 128MB

NXA-CFNI256M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers

FG2116-01 256MB

NXA-CFNI512M Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers

FG2116-01 512MB

NXA-CFNI1G

FG2116-01

Compact FLASH Upgrade for NI Series Controllers

1GB

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

N E T L I N X C U S T O M P A N E L I N T E R F A C E N E T L I N X 2 - W A Y W I R E L E S S S Y S T E M P A C K A G E

NXP-CPI16

NetLinx Custom Panel Interface

FG410

The NXP-CPI16 NetLinx Custom Panel Interface is a versatile device, useful for both custom panel and contact-closure applications. It will directly interface with AMX Touch Panels and components designed for integration with Axcess

Control Systems. Two 20-pin headers provide ribbon cable wiring or directconnect insertion to circuit boards – one provides inputs for up to 16 closures and the other drives feedback outputs for LEDs. Under software control, the

LED outputs can act as drivers to 8-segment bargraphs or operate as discrete outputs for feedback.

In addition, the NXC-CPI16 also provides two quadrature inputs to control variable levels such as volume or lights. Able to read digital signals from mechanical or optical rotary encoders, the response can be adjusted under software control.

FEATURES:

Integrates custom panels with 16 closure inputs and 16 LED outputs, pin-for-pin compatible with panels designed for AXC-CPI16

Operates as low-cost closure

Acts as driver for up to two 8-segment LED bargraphs, each bargraph uses eight of the 16 LED outputs

Allows precision digital control of up to two levels from quadrature inputs

Accepts mechanical or optical rotary encoders

Offers programmable level response, provides software-driven performance adjustment, and switchable coarse/fine level control

INPUT CONNECTORS

Indicator power: Two-pin 3.5 mm captive wire

I/O Headers: Two 20-pin headers, 8 I/O channels each (16 closure inputs activated with GND or TTL Low (< 0.8 V)). Open collector outputs (0-28 VDC). Inputs are sampled approximately every 10 msec.

Rotary Encoder inputs: Two quadrature inputs on a 2x3 header (6-pin), two encoder inputs (4-pin) with a +5 V supply pin (supplying up to 100 mA) and a GND pin

ICSNET

Two RJ-45 connectors for ICSNet connection

ID BUTTON

Generates an event from the AXC-CPI16 to allow you to assign new device numbers using the ID mode in NetLinx Studio Software

LED

ICSP status indicator (green)

OPEN COLLECTOR OUTPUTS

16-open collector outputs, acting as a switch to ground, up to 100 mA. Outputs can be connected to voltages ranging between 0 and + 28 V. Each output is updated every 10 msec

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

2.75" x 1.85" x 1.40" (6.99 cm x 4.70 cm x 3.56 cm)

WEIGHT:

8.10 oz. (229.63 g)

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

NI-CPNW

NetLinx Wireless System Package

FG840-K16

The NI-CPNW 2-way NetLinx Wireless System Package is ideal for integrating large and smaller projects such as boardrooms, conference rooms, home theaters, training and government facilities, military installations, houses of worship and more. Impressive control features at the touch of a button.

This control solution package includes:

VPN-CP, 2-way ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel

VPA-BP, ViewPoint Rechargeable Battery (NiMH)

PSN2.8, 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply

VPA-DS, ViewPoint Docking station

NI-2000 with power supply

AXR-NWS, NetWave Server

Programming cables

4 IR Emitters

N E T L I N X 1 - W A Y W I R E L E S S S Y S T E M P A C K A G E S

The world’s most versatile 1-way wireless Touch Panel System: NetLinx 1-way

Wireless Touch Panel System. With four IR ports, three RS-232/422/485 ports, four I/O channels, and four relays, the NetLinx NI-2000 Integrated Controller delivers instantaneous, intelligent control.

VPX-CPNI

NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System

FG841-K1-304

This control solution package includes:

VPT-CP 304 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel

NI-2000 Integrated Controller

Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables

One CC-COM programming cable

One ViewPoint programming adapter cable

AXR-RF RF 304 MHz Receiver

PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply

VPX-CPNI *LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System

FG841-K1-310

This control solution package includes:

VPT-CP 310 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel

NI-2000 Integrated Controller

Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables

One CC-COM programming cable

One ViewPoint programming adapter cable

AXR-RF RF 310 MHz Receiver

PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

V I E W P O I N T 1 - W A Y W I R E L E S S S Y S T E M P A C K A G E

VPX-CPNI

NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System

FG841-K1-315

This control solution package Includes:

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

VPT-CP 315 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel

NI-2000 Integrated Controller

Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables

One CC-COM programming cable

One ViewPoint programming adapter cable

AXR-RF RF 315 MHz Receiver

PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply

VPX-CPNI

NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System

FG841-K1-418

This control solution package Includes:

VPT-CP 418 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel

NI-2000 Integrated Controller

Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables

One CC-COM programming cable

One ViewPoint programming adapter cable

AXR-RF RF 418 MHz Receiver

PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply

VPX-CPNI

NetLinx 1-way Wireless Touch Panel System

FG841-K1-433

This control solution package Includes:

VPT-CP 433 MHz ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel

NI-2000 Integrated Controller

Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables

One CC-COM programming cable

One ViewPoint programming adapter cable

AXR-RF RF 433 MHz Receiver

PSN 2.8 12VDC, 2.8A Power Supply

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

NetLinx

Peripherals / Software

N E X L I N X S O F T W A R E

N E T L I N X P L A T I N U M S E R I E S S O L U T I O N S

AMX has created a series of prepackaged control solutions for multiple environments. We provide you the tools you need to facilitate the sale, ordering, delivery, installation and programming of your installation. By addressing specific vertical markets and applications, AMX has successfully developed hardware and software packages that do not require any additional configuration or programming time. Our prepackaged control solutions allow you to complete a project with considerable efficiency, as well as target installations that will ultimately enhance your revenue.

NSK-DEDU Education Solution System, Deluxe Edition

FG3001-01

The AMX Deluxe Education Solution System provides the perfect one-touch integration of hardware and software solutions for small and medium-size education rooms. Designed to create a comfortable and supportive learning environment, this solution employs the extremely capable NetLinx Control

System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of audio/video equipment. To the highly trained instructor, AMX integration solutions transform the education environment into the ideal interactive showcase of video, audio and computer sources – all at the touch of a button.

NSS-DEDU Education Solution Software, Deluxe Edition

FG3000-01

The AMX Deluxe Education Solution Software is designed to create a comfortable and supportive learning environment utilizing AMX hardware and a variety of audio/video equipment found in today’s classrooms. This software is included with the NSK-DEDU Deluxe Education System (described above).

NSS-DENT Entertainment Solution Software, Deluxe Edition

FG3000-10

AMX provides a Deluxe Entertainment Solution Software designed for medium to large entertainment environments. The 4-Zone Deluxe Entertainment Software helps to effectively reach customers by automating any combination of audio and video components.

This software is included in the NSK-DENT Entertainment System

(described above).

NSK-PENT Entertainment Solution System, Premium Edition

FG3001-11

AMX provides a competitive one-touch integration solution designed for large entertainment environments. This 8-Zone Premium Solution helps to effectively reach customers by automating any combination of audio and video components, employing the NetLinx Control System and intuitive AMX Touch

Panels to control a variety of audio/video, computer and paging equipment.

Simply define the required scope of control – eight zones for televisions, DSS receivers, digital projectors and DVD players.

NSK-PEDU Education Solution System, Premium Edition

FG3001-02

The AMX Premium Education Solution System provides the perfect one-touch integration of hardware and software solutions for larger education rooms and auditoriums. Designed to create a comfortable and supportive learning environment, this solution employs the extremely capable NetLinx Control

System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of audio/video equipment. To the highly trained instructor, AMX integration solutions transform the education environment into the ideal interactive showcase of video, audio and computer sources – all at the touch of a button.

NSS-PEDU Education Solution Software, Premium Edition

FG3000-02

The AMX Premium Education Solution Software is designed to create a comfortable and supportive learning environment utilizing AMX hardware and a variety of audio/video equipment found in today’s classrooms. This software is included with the NSK-PEDU Premium Education System (described above).

NSS-PENT Entertainment Solution Software, Premium Edition

FG3000-11

AMX provides a Premium Entertainment software package for a one-touch solution designed for medium to large entertainment environments. The 8-Zone

Deluxe Software Solution helps to effectively reach customers by automating any combination of audio and video components. Software is included in the

NSK-PENT Premium Entertainment System (described above).

NSK-DPRES Presentation Solution System, Deluxe Edition

FG3001-20

In today's media-driven presentation rooms – equipped with stereo equipment and computers – AMX provides this one-touch integration solution, perfect for controlling small and medium-size rooms. The Deluxe Presentation Solutions delivers a high level of convenience and productivity, incorporating the powerful

NetLinx Control System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of electronic equipment. This solution transforms the conference room into the ideal interactive showcase of video, audio and computer sources – all at the touch of a button.

NSK-DENT Entertainment Solution System, Deluxe Edition

FG3001-10

AMX provides a competitive one-touch integration solution designed for medium to large entertainment environments. This 4-Zone Deluxe Solution helps to effectively reach customers by automating any combination of audio and video components. This solution employs the NetLinx Control System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of audio/video, computer and paging equipment. Simply define the required scope of control – four zones for televisions, DSS receivers, digital projectors and DVD players.

NSS-DPRES Presentation Solution Software, Deluxe Edition

FG3000-20

AMX provides a Deluxe Presentation Software package for a one-touch solution designed for medium to large presentation environments. The Deluxe

Presentation Software is included with the NSK-DPRES Presentation System

(described above).

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

N E X L I N X S O F T W A R E

N E T L I N X P L A T I N U M S E R I E S S O L U T I O N S

NSK-PPRES Presentation Solution System, Premium Edition

FG3001-21

In today's media-driven presentation rooms – equipped with stereo equipment and computers – AMX provides this of one-touch integration solution perfect for controlling larger rooms. The Premium Presentation Solutions delivers a high level of convenience and productivity, incorporating the powerful NetLinx

Control System and intuitive AMX Touch Panels to control a variety of electronic equipment. AMX integration solutions transform the conference room into the ideal interactive showcase of video, audio and computer sources – all at the touch of a button.

MeetingManager NSS-MMSV FG3002-04 (server)

NSS-MMCL FG3002-03 (client)

Available as a complete solution exclusively from AMX, MeetingManager fills the void between the most popular room scheduling systems and the automation/management of room resources including audio/visual and environmental systems. With the ability of a single MeetingManager computer console to interact with more than 500 separate NetLinx systems, this AMXexclusive state-of-the-art software package provides a comprehensive point of control and automation for facility-wide and campus-wide operations. End users can make room reservations through email and configure automated events in advance. Integrators can provide remote support to the support staff as technical backup

NSS-PPRES Presentation Solution Software, Premium Edition

FG3000-21

AMX provides this Premium Presentation Software package for a one-touch solution designed for larger presentation environments. The Premium

Presentation Software is included with the NSK-PPRES Solution System

(described above).

NSS-VOTE Voting Software Solution

FG070-516

The Voting Software Solution supports multiple voting groups that use a common voting/meeting space. For instance, the City Council and Water Works

Commission may share the same room for voting but each group has different members, seating assignments, agendas and voting rules. This solution can store and recall multiple voting groups and agendas in such instances.

Additionally, voting rules can be saved for each voting group to allow for voting customization between various groups. Take control by managing agendas, welcoming all members and taking attendance roll call automatically. The

Voting Software Solution will accommodate councils or groups with as many as 21 voting members.

PictureFrame NSS-PFRAME FG3002-05

Even in sleep mode, the award-winning Modero Touch Panel is great to look at.

That’s because our new PictureFrame PC-based software is designed to transform any of the Modero panels into dynamic digital photo albums. Without any special control system code or re-programming, end users can display personal images on the user interface. Family photos, favorite artwork and seasonal images can sequence through when the panel is not in use, providing a visually pleasing solution that complements a room’s design. Intuitive menus transport images directly from a PC to the Modero panel. TPDesign4 software from AMX is used to define the types of images that will be displayed on the user interface.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

N E X L I N X S O F T W A R E

N E T L I N X I N T E R N E T I N S I D E S O L U T I O N S

Our exclusive Internet Inside Solutions are a series of software packages designed to enhance the NetLinx Control System's capabilities through the AMX Touch Panel. These innovative software applications combine the dynamics of NetLinx with the features of the World Wide Web. They are written directly into the control system programming language and are activated using

AMX Touch Panel buttons. Take control of anything, from anywhere, at any time.

Internet Inside provides greater convenience, reliable security and effective communications for any size of business or home. In a world where we are connected by electronics and inevitably find ourselves relying on so many information devices, AMX stands for simplicity.

i!-AgendaPlus Display room schedules on AMX Touch Panels

FG070-502

Reserve rooms and prepare equipment ahead of time through email. You no longer need to go through the laborious process of calling an assistant to set up the meeting, getting IT to set up the equipment, and feel the need to arrive

15 minutes ahead of time to make sure everything is set up correctly. Times, dates and reservations are conveniently displayed on an AMX Touch Panel located at the entrance of each room.

i!-MediaPlayer Use NetLinx to play media files on the PC

FG070-514

Quickly and easily access your MP3 collection. Download as many music files as you want into the PC. Your AMX Touch Panel controls your MP3 list and plays it over any sound system connected to the control system. Rather than having to burn your MP3s onto a CD, you can leave them on your PC and create different playlists to keep the tunes going.

i!-CDList Select and play CD tracks from personalized playlists

FG070-501

Manage a growing library of CDs without relying on your memory to determine what is in slot “263" of the CD changer, or trying to remember which CD is currently in the changer. Use your AMX Touch Panel to view your entire list of music. Quickly search, make edits, and create playlists at will.

i!-NetDial Manage audio and videoconferencing

FG070-500

Replace the traditional telephone book with something even easier to use and so much faster. Scroll a Web-based directory, highlight a name, and i!-NetDial speed dials for you. Rather than keeping an outdated printed phone list, you keep an accurate, electronic list in a database that can be accessed through your AMX Touch Panel. It’s perfect for audio and videoconferences and other situations that call for efficient communications.

i!-Database Plus Access network databases using the NetLinx Control System

FG070-512

Access, read, translate and download information from a database straight into

NetLinx. If it’s a database you need, this application gives you the tools to create one in no time. With i!-Database Plus, you can develop and customize several other Internet Inside applications.

i!-PCLink/CD/DVD Control the PC's CD/DVD drives through NetLinx

FG070-508

This unique application combines the flexibility of any AMX Touch Panel with the PC. i!-PCLink/CD/DVD allows you to access the CD and DVD drives on your PC, as well as control equipment within your control system through the PC itself.

i!-Email Plus Send and receive email from AMX Touch Panels

FG070-504

You no longer need to drop anchor at the PC to check email. Use any AMX

Touch Panel to receive, send, forward, reply to all your email or manage numerous user accounts, as well as create and save custom replies.

i!-PCLink/PowerPoint Take control of your

PowerPoint presentations

FG070-510

Captivate your audience. Advance your PowerPoint at the touch of a button.

Remain focused by referring to your speaker notes on the AMX Touch Panel, while your audience views the presentation on a screen or monitor.

i!-EquipmentMonitor Receive email alerts of system events

FG070-503

The best way to look after your equipment just got easier. Now you can receive pre-written emails from the NetLinx Control System, which notifies you of routine maintenance, potential problems, necessary repairs and breaches in security. It’s simple, accurate and proactive.

i!-FTPSender Load files into NetLinx from FTP servers

FG070-511

Use this software package to share and download files between the NetLinx

Control System and FTP servers. i!-FTPSender reaches out to an FTP Server located off-site, retrieves the necessary files, and loads each one into your AMX

Control System.

i!-PCLink/Presentation Control Use PowerPoint to control the NetLinx Control System

FG070-521

For the ultimate in PowerPoint control, you can create your presentation and control the room. Define PowerPoint slides that can activate automated events.

Imagine your first PowerPoint slide automatically dimming the lights. Your next slide closes the drapes and turns up your microphone. Rather than running around the room trying to get the environment just right, set up these automated events directly within your presentation.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

N E T L I N X I N T E R N E T I N S I D E S O L U T I O N S i!-PCLink/Web Launch the Internet from the AMX Touch Panel

FG070-509

Break free from the PC. Launch the Internet through the AMX Touch Panel – from anywhere, at any time. Visit different web sites and open a variety of computer files at the touch of a button.

i!-Schedule Manage control system events based on date and time

FG070-515

Take control of everything around you, with minimal effort. Save time. Save money. Now you can schedule the lights to turn on and off at preset dates and times. Schedule equipment to turn on, warm up and be ready to go ahead of time. Program connected devices to operate according to one-time or recurring events. All of the manual processes are preset to happen, even if you’re not there.

i!-MacroManager FG070-522

True automation is now available from AMX in the form of MacroManager.

Sequences of events, programmed to meet the desires and requirements of the end user, are possible at the press of a single button on the AMX Touch Panel.

This application provides any end user the ability to personalize each macro as needs change and more equipment is added, at will. MacroManager offers a list of actions available on one or more NetLinx Control Systems, delivering automated functionality within a single room, between rooms and offices, as well as throughout multiple buildings. Each macro can be activated by the press of a button or by scheduling the events to run on a certain date, at a specific time. MacroManager can be used to create or add new macros, edit existing ones, run macros, and schedule others.

i!-TimeManager Set the control system’s internal clock based on an internal server

FG070-517

This application routinely verifies the correct time of your NetLinx internal clock with the National Institute of Standards and Technology’s Internet Time Service to ensure your system is always accurate. When you program certain system events to happen at specific times, everything occurs to the second.

i!-Weather Track worldwide weather conditions on the AMX Touch Panel

FG070-518

Access precise, timely weather updates at the touch of a button. Based on actual weather conditions, program your AMX control system to manage lighting, sprinklers, pool and spa equipment, as well as receive email notifications.

i!-WebControl Control your integrated system through Internet pages

FG070-520

Whether you are around the corner or across the country, you can access your

AMX Control System over a secure web address and instantly monitor and control any device on your system. This application sheds new light on the concept of working from home. Now you can work from anywhere and know you are only an Internet connection away from controlling anything at any time.

i!-WebInfo Plus Surf the web on an AMX Touch Panel

FG070-506

For the latest headlines and stock reports, touch a button to retrieve timely updates directly from an online news source delivered directly to you through your AMX Touch Panel. The information that you are interested in can be easily configured to meet your needs.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

Control System

Accessories

I N P U T S E N S O R S

PCS

Power Current Sensor

(for US 110 VAC 3-pole receptacles)

FG426

The PCS Power Current Sensor can sense high, low or no power level states for one device. It requires external DC power.

CONTROL PORTS

Two open collector transistor outputs (On and Standby)

INCLUDES

LED indicators for Standby and On status

Sensing for 30 mA-15 A power current levels

3-prong, grounded 120 VAC receptacle

ENCLOSURE: Plastic with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.1" x 2.2" x 2.5" (80 mm x 57 mm x 64 mm)

WEIGHT: 4 oz (114 g)

OPTIONS

12 VDC power supply

VSS2

Video Sync Sensor

FG5916-10

The VSS2 includes two independent signal detection channels. Each channel triggers a logic-level output when a signal is present. Dual video jacks for each channel allow loop-through operation. Great for use as a power sensor for

VCRs and other video sources, or to provide a warning on loss of audio, video, or RGB signal.

FEATURES

Detects presence of signal from 1 kHz to greater than 100 kHz

CONTROL PORTS

Two solid-state outputs for channels A and B

INCLUDES

Four RCA jacks

Two for each channel for loop-through operation

ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.0" x 5.3" (38 mm x 127 mm x 133 mm)

WEIGHT: 10.9 oz (309 g)

RTS-1

Room Temperature Sensor (requires AXC-TEMP card)

FG748

The surface-mounted RTS-1 sends precise temperature measurement, from 0°-

250° F (-18°-120° C), to the AXC-TEMP Temperature Control Card.

CONTROL PORTS

Level output

Power input

ENCLOSURE: Off-white metal for wall mounting

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.5" x 2.8" x 0.9" (114 mm x 70 mm x 23 mm)

WEIGHT: 3.2 oz (91 g)

PCS2

Dual Power Current Sensor

(for US 110 VAC 3-pole receptacles)

FG427

The PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor can sense high, low or no power level states for two devices, and includes a built-in power supply.

CONTROL PORTS

Four relay outputs (On and Standby for each source),1 A @ 28 VDC

INCLUDES

On and Standby status LEDs for each source

Power LED

Sensing for 20 mA, 10 A power current levels

Two US-style 3-prong 120 VAC receptacles

POWER

1200 W (10A) input power, fuse protected

US-style 3-prong 120 VAC power cord

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)

WEIGHT:

28.8 oz (806 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

TVS

TV Sensor

FG691

The TVS TV Sensor is an intelligent, digital scan frequency sensor that can send a power on/power off closure signal to an AMX Input/Output control port.

When used with Axcess and NetLinx Integrated Controller I/O ports, the TV

Sensor can be an integrated solution for automatic, sensed power control of video/graphic displays.

CONTROL PORTS

One solid-state closure output (Sensed power on/off)

INCLUDES

Power on/off status LED

Internal frequency-sensor logic, (15-75 kHz)

Five-wire cable for closure output, 12 VDC input

ENCLOSURE: Black plastic with matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.1" x 1.1" x 0.8" (27 mm x 27 mm x 20 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.1 oz (3 g)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

E Q U I P M E N T P R O T E C T I O N

NXA-UPS9510

FG678

A 19" Rack Mount surge protected UPS designed for AMX NetLinx systems.

The UPS has a capacity of 1000/650 VA/W with a battery maintaining a recharge time of 5 hours (to 90% capacity). The unit comes with 8 NEMA

5-15R.

FEATURES

The NXA-UPS9510 has multiple voltage selections using line interactive technology.

The unit features True Sine Wave output, Smart Battery Management and AVR

(Automatic Voltage Regulation) - all in a compact design (only 2 units high).

Capacity (VA/W): 1000/650

Input voltage range: 75-150 volts or 150-300 volts

Frequency range: 45-55Hz or 55-65Hz, auto-select

Output voltage on unit: 100/110/120/127 Volts ± 10% or

208/220/230/240 Volts ± 10%

Output voltage (on battery): 100/110/120/127 Volts ± 10% or

208/220/230/240 Volts ± 10%

Output frequency (on battery): 60/50Hz ± 1Hz

Output waveform: Sinewave

Battery Type: 12V / 7.2 AH x 4 (sealed maintenance free)

Recharge Time: 5 hours to 90% capacity

DIMENSIONS

17" x 19.6" x 3.5" (4.30 cm x 6.25 cm x 8.8 cm)

WEIGHT

72.75 lbs (21 kgs)

NXA-MPS16F

FG677

A 19" rack-mount silicon avalanche diode, NXA-MPS16F surge protection system designed for AMX NetLinx systems for data and communications. The unit mounts flush in the rack and provides 32 easy to reach ports for 16 In and

Out connections. These units provide surge protection for all communications and DC power provided through the RJ-45 connections. Port number 1 is a protected Ethernet port and port numbers 2 through 16 are for the NetLinx communications protocols.

FEATURES

The rack mount protector is compact with in-line insulation.

Multiple interface options are available.

SPECIFICATIONS

Port Protection:

Ethernet Port #1 - All pins protected 7.5 Vpk 60A 10x1000 ms

NetLinx Ports #2-16 - All pins protected 7.5 Vpk 60A 10x1000 ms

DV Voltage pins 4-5 15 Vpk 206A 10x1000 ms

Dimensions: 3.5" x 19" x 0.875" (8.89 cm x 48.26 cm x 2.22 cm)

Temperature: -22° - 149° F (-30° - +65° C)

NXA-TSJ45

FG676

An individual plug-in silicon avalanche diode surge protector designed for

AMX NetLinx systems. The unit mounts on the end of individual nodes for surge protection. These units provide surge protection for all communications and DC power provided through the RJ45 connection.

FEATURES

All eight wires are surge protected.

The NXA-TSJ45 protectors should be installed on both ends of the data cable for the most effective protection.

If a NXA-MPS16F patch panel is utilized, then it is recommended that one

NXA-TSJ45 be utilized on each node on the other end for complete line protection.

Voltage Protection Level: All data pins are protected at 7.5 Vpk

DC voltage, pins 4-5 at 15 Vpk

Peak Pulse Current (10/1000ms):

Data: 60A 10 x 1000 ms

DC Power: 206A 10 x 1000 ms

Dimensions: 3.6" x 1.47" x 0.925" (9.14 cm x 3.73 cm x 2.35 cm)

Temperature: -22° - 149° F (-30° - +65° C)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

C O N T A C T C L O S U R E I N T E R F A C E S

AV2SM

Auto/Manual Video Switcher

FG5919

PC2

Dual Power Controller, 5 A

(110 VAC only)

FG675

This 2x1 video/stereo audio switcher can be set for automatic or manual operation. In the standard manual mode, a single latched closure is used to select and activate the “B" video input. In the automatic mode, the “B" input is programmed to switch instantly to the “A" input when “video sync" is detected.

The “A" input, recognized as the default input, always has priority.

FEATURES

Detects presence of video sync in auto mode (NTSC, PAL, or SECAN)

CONTROL PORTS

Three BNC female connectors for Video Input A, B and Video Out

Captive-wire connectors for unbalanced audio and closure input

RESPONSE

Video – 8 MHz

Audio – 30 Hz to 20 kHz

INCLUDES

Internal jumper to select auto or manual (default) mode

ENCLOSURE:

Molded black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.65" x 5.09" x 6.09"

(41.91 mm x 129.28 mm x 154.68 mm)

WEIGHT: 10.9 oz (309 g)

The PC2 provides two switched outlets for 120 VAC power control up to

1200 W.

CONTROL PORTS

Either one latched or one momentary closure for toggling on and off

Two switched AC receptacles, total load up to 10 A at 120 VAC

INCLUDES

Two front-panel on/off buttons with status LEDs

DIP switch to set closure mode

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.6 lbs (737 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

UPC20+

Universal Power/Motor Controller,

20 A (110/220 VAC input)

FG672

PC1

Power Controller, 10 A

(110 VAC only)

FG670

The PC1 provides one switched outlet for 120 VAC power control up to 1200 W.

CONTROL PORTS

Either one latched or two momentary closures for discrete on and off, or one momentary closure for toggling on and off

Switched AC receptacle, 10 A at 120 VAC

INCLUDES

Front-panel on/off button with status LED

DIP switch to set closure mode

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)

WEIGHT:

1.6 lbs (737 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

The UPC20+ is a dual 20-amp AC power and motor controller designed for conduit installation. The UPC20 can be configured for a wide variety of power and motor control modes. Low-voltage contact-closure or open-collector inputs allow control from simple wall panels or large systems. It is ETL listed.

CONTROL INPUTS

Four closure inputs; operation defined by mode

- Motor Control mode alternates between the timed operation of the two power relays

- Power Control mode allows independent control of both power relays

CONTROL PORTS

Two 2400 W power relays

INCLUDES

One-, two- and three-button logic modes

Local test switches with status LEDs

115, 230 and 277 VAC control capability

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with black matte finish, knockouts for conduit

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 8.5" (10.5" including flange) x 4.5" x 2.2"

(220 mm (270 mm including flange) x 110 mm x 60 mm)

WEIGHT:

3 lbs (1.4 kg)

POWER: Self-powered when used with 110/220 VAC applications

OPTIONS

12 VDC power supply (required for 277 VAC applications)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

S Y S T E M T O O L S

EXA

Ethernet Crossover Adapter

FG959-10

Used to allow direct connection (without a network hub) between a PC's

10baseT Ethernet port to a Landmark or NetLinx Master Card.

IRIS

IR/Serial Data Capture Device

FG5448

ABS

AXLink Bus Strip

FG960

Why continue stuffing multiple AXLink wires into a few 4-pin terminals? The

AXLink Bus Strip provides 10 AXLink terminals and connectors for plug-andplay wiring, as well as a power (PWR) status LED and 12 VDC power input.

APPLICATION

Plug in AXLink terminals to combine up to 10 AXLink wiring runs

INCLUDES

12 VDC power status LED

10 4-pin AXLink connectors one 2-pin power connector

4" double-sided foam tape

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.14" x 12.0" x 1.27"

(28.95 mm x 304.8 mm x 32.25 mm)

WEIGHT: 5.8 oz (164.42 g)

POWER: 12 VDC, 7 amps max.

IRIS is a stand-alone, self-contained unit used to capture IR or wired function signals from a hand controller. Once captured and verified, the control functions are sent to a PC operating the IRLIB program.

CONTROL PORTS

IR sensor to receive IR codes

IR serial input for wired IR codes

DB-9 female connector for Axcess and PC communication

INCLUDES

Large, two-digit status LED display

Adjustable RS-232 port (300-9,600 baud)

12 VAC power supply

IRLIB software for IBM-compatible computers

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)

WEIGHT: 18.2 oz (518.2 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

PM-TERM

PHASTLink 120 Ohm

PHASTLink/CAT-5 Terminator

FG2861-01 20 pack

Used for terminating open PHASTLink, ICSNet or ICSHub outputs

STS

Serial-To-Screw Terminal Adapter

(DB9 female to screw terminals)

FG959

Need to connect a cable to a DB9 control port? Forget the hassles of parts, pins, and soldering – get an STS, lock the wires down to the built-in screw terminals, and plug it in.

INCLUDES

DB9 female connector

Screw terminal block (9-pin)

Snap-together molded shell

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 0.75" x 1.38" x 2.25" (19mm x 35 mm x 57 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.6 oz (45 g)

P O W E R S U P P L I E S

PSN2.8

12 VDC, 2.8 A Power Supply

(regulated, 110 VAC input)

FG423-17

APPLICATION

DC power for NetLinx systems

DC POWER OUTPUT

3.5 mm power connector, 12 VDC at 2.8 A

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

110/220 VAC auto-switch operation; UL, CSA, and TUV listed

US power cord included (110 VAC installations only)

ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic, international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5"

(117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm), may vary

WEIGHT: 1 lb (450 g), may vary

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

P O W E R S U P P L I E S

PSN6.5

12 VDC, 6.5 A Power Supply

(regulated, 110 VAC input)

FG423-41

APPLICATIONS

12 VDC power for systems, PosiTrack pan/tilt heads, AXC-PTI and AXB-CAM

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

110 VAC, UL/CSA recognized

US power cord included (110 VAC installations only)

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.5" x 5.5" x 1.4" (140 mm x 140 mm x 35 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.85 lbs (829 g)

PS2.8 and PSN2.8

12 VDC, 2.8 A Power Supply regulated, 110 VAC input)

FG423-05

FG423-11

PS2.8

PSN2.8

APPLICATION

DC power for Axcess systems

5 mm 2 Pin Phoenix Connector

2.1 mm 2 Pin Barrel Plug

DC POWER OUTPUT

2.8 A @ 12 VDC

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

110/220 VAC auto-switch operation; UL, CSA and TUV listed

US power cord included (110 VAC installations only)

ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic, international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5"

(117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm), may vary

WEIGHT: 1 lb (450 g), may vary

PS-24VAC

24 Volt AC Power Supply

FG424

The PS-24VAC power supply provides 40 VA of 24 volt AC power to the

ViewStat Thermostats. The full ViewStat product family includes:

COMPATIBILITY

NetLinx Control Systems

Axcess Control Systems

Landmark Home Automation Systems

PS4.4

13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,

(regulated 110/220 VAC input)

FG423-44

APPLICATION

DC power for MVP-7500, MVP-8400 and MVP-TDS

DC POWER OUTPUT

13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps

6mm Coaxial barrel-style plug

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

100-240 VAC

50-60 Hz

ENCLOSURE

Molded black matte plastic international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)

WEIGHT

1 lb. (0.45 kg)

PS-PT2

24 VDC, 1.6 A Power Supply

(regulated, 110/220 VAC input)

FG423-09

APPLICATIONS

24 VDC power for pan/tilt heads, AXC-PTI and AXB-CAM

DC POWER OUTPUT

1.6 A @ 24 VDC

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

110/220 VAC auto-switch operation; UL, CSA and TUV listed

US power cord included (110 VAC installations only)

ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic, international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.5" x 3.0" x 1.8" (140 mm x 76 mm x 45 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.5 lbs (680 g)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

PSN4.4

13.5 VDC, 4.4 Power Supply,

(regulated 110/220 VAC input)

FG423-45

APPLICATION

DC power for NetLinx systems, MVP-WDS and CV7 Touch Panel

DC POWER OUTPUT

13.5 Volts DC, 4.4 Amps

3.5 mm phoenix-style plug

Switching regulated, overload protected

AC POWER INPUT

100-240 VAC

50-60 Hz

ENCLOSURE

Molded black matte plastic international IEC cable socket

DIMENSIONS (HWD)

4.6" x 2.3" x 1.5" (117 mm x 58 mm x 35 mm)

WEIGHT

1 lb. (0.45 kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

A M X S T A N D A R D 1 0 F T . T H I R D P A R T Y C A B L E S

CC-IRC

IR Emitter Cable

FG10-000

Application: Transmits IR commands to controlled sources

CC-NIRC

NetLinx IR Emitter Cable

FG10-000-11

CC-IRX

CC-IR AMX TV Sensor Cable

FG10-042

CC-USB

USB Programming Cable

FG10-5965

CC-COM

Axcess Programming Cable

FG10-727

APPLICATION

Connects a PC's COM port to the Axcess Master Port

Available for 9- and 25-pin COM ports.

INCLUDES

DB-9 or DB-25 female connector for computer COM port

DB-9 female connector for Axcess Master port

CC-232

RS-232/422 Cable

APPLICATION

Connects RS-232/422/485 ports to controlled sources

Please specify 3rd party device

M O U N T I N G H A R D W A R E

CSB

Cable Support Bracket (AXCENT3, AXCENT2, AXF-MINI and AXB-VTI6)

FG517

Application

80% of all service calls are due to loose or broken cables

Use the CSB to secure control cable installation

CSB2

Cable Support Bracket (AXF-M/S or AXF-S CardFrame)

FG517-10

APPLICATION

80% of all service calls are due to loose or broken cables

Use the CSB2 to secure control cable installation

AC-RK

Accessory Rack Kit

FG515

APPLICATION

Holds up to three Axcess or NetLinx modules, single rack height

AC-RK3

Extended Length Axcent3 Rack Kit

FG518

APPLICATION

Allows rear-rail mounting of Axcent3 units

TMX-CB

Cable Security Bracket for AXB-TMC/TMX+

FG524

APPLICATION

Protects TMC/TMX+ cables and from tampering

TMX-RK+

Rack Mount Kit for AXB-TMC/TMX+

FG522

APPLICATION

Rack-mounts one TMC/TMX+

Accepts one AC-RK compatible control device

TMX-SM

Flush Mounting Kit for AXB-TMC/TMX+

FG523

APPLICATION

Mounts TMC/TMX+ to TV, projector, or any flat surface

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

VIEWSTAT COMMUNICATING THERMOSTAT SYSTEM

The ViewStat Communicating Thermostat offers complete digital thermostat functionality, including the ability to schedule automatic temperature adjustments throughout the day, control relative humidity levels and poweroutage protection. ViewStat is available with

(VST) and without (VST-TSTAT) an ICSNet

MiniVerter interface, providing dealers with flexibility in deciding the control system interface.

The ViewStat product family includes:

VST: ViewStat with MiniVerter (ICSNet Interface)

VST-TSTAT: ViewStat only

VST-MVRT: MiniVerter ICSNet Interface only

VST-DIST: Distribution Panel (RS422 Interface)

VST-TTM: Dual Temperature Support Module

VST-TRH: Temperature/Humidity Support Module

VST-TSF: Flush-mount indoor temperature sensor

VST-TSO: Duct/outdoor temperature sensor

PS-24VAC: 24 VAC power supply

VST and VST-TSTAT

ViewStat Communicating Thermostat

FG944 Model VST – With MiniVerter (VST-MVRT)

FG944-01 Model VST-TSTAT – Without MiniVerter

TEMPERATURE CONTROL

Control Accuracy = +/- 1.0° Fahrenheit (+/- 0.56° Celsius)

Control Range = +/- 1.0° Fahrenheit (+/- 0.56° Celsius)

Control Range = +/- 1.0° Fahrenheit (+/- 0.56° Celsius)

COMPATIBILITY

NetLinx Control Systems

Access Control Systems

Landmark Home Automation Systems

POWER

Control Voltage = 24VAC or 24VDC (+/- 20%)

Switched Voltage = 18 – 30 VAC

Maximum Switchable Current:

Two Amps total rated voltage, through all outputs

One Amp through any one output

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.01" x 5.52" x 1.15"

(127.2 mm x 140.2 mm x 29.2 mm)

WEIGHT: 5.29 oz (150 grams)

VST-MVRT

ViewStat MiniVerter Interface

FG944-02

The VST-MVRT adds an ICSNet interface to the ViewStat Communicating

Thermostat (VST-TSTAT does NOT include VST-MVRT).

INCLUDES

Mounting bracket to attach the interface directly to the VST-TSTAT

Snap-track to mount the interface remotely

COMPATIBILITY

NetLinx Control Systems

Landmark Home Automation Systems

VST-DIST

ViewStat Interface Distribution Panel

FG944-03

The VST-DIST connects to up to eight ViewStat thermostats (VST-TSTAT, not included), providing a convenient and effective method of wiring multiple thermostats to the control system. The VST-DIST provides one RS422 interface to the control system and eight RS422 interfaces for the thermostats.

VST-TTM

ViewStat Dual Temperature Support Module

FG944-10

The VST-TTM expands the capabilities of the ViewStat, providing remote temperature sensing to increase the efficiency of the HVAC system. The VST-

TTM provides one on-board temperature sensor. Optionally, one or two remote temperature sensors (VST-TSF and VST-TSO) may be connected to the VST-

TTM to achieve maximum comfort and performance.

VST-TRH

ViewStat Dual Temperature Support Module

FG944-20

The VST-TRH expands the capabilities of the ViewStat, providing remote temperature and humidity sensing to increase the comfort and efficiency of the

HVAC system. The VST-TRH provides one on-board temperature sensor and one on-board humidity sensor. Optionally, a remote temperature sensor (VST-

TSF or VST-TSO) may be connected to the VST-TRH to achieve maximum comfort and performance.

VST-TSF

ViewStat Flush-Mount Indoor Temperature Sensor

FG944-30

The VST-TSF is a flush mount temperature sensor for indoor use only. The

VST-TSF can be installed on any interior wall for remote temperature sensing that literally blends in with any décor.

VST-TSO

ViewStat Outdoor/Duct Temperature Sensor

FG944-40

The VST-TSO is a remote temperature sensor for outdoor and HVAC duct use.

The VST-TSO can be installed in any location for remote temperature sensing in harsh environmental conditions.

PS-24VAC

24 Volt AC Power Supply

FG424

The PS-24VAC power supply provides 40 VA of 24 VAC power to the ViewStat

Thermostats.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

Integrated

Content Servers

M A X I N T E G R A T E D M U S I C S E R V E R ( M A X - I M S )

Welcome to a new and exciting world of music, where digital content can be stored, accessed, and displayed in the exact same quality as the original recordings. Build and control a library of CDs (and MP3s) with ease, and instantly play the stored content simultaneously, to different integrated environments. Introducing MAX, the Integrated Content Server from AMX that makes this all possible.

MAX-IMS

Integrated Music Server

For audio distribution systems of any size, the Integrated Music Server (IMS) manages a continuously growing and changing collection of CDs with astonishing efficiency. The IMS has enough memory capacity to effectively store and manage from 500 to 2,500 CDs in native format quality – the highest standard of sound possible. Users can add as many audio files as desired, as well as search and select titles and tracks with rapid results. The IMS integrates significantly easier than any other personal music server or CD carousel. Each unit operates in concert with a wide range of electronic equipment, including audio systems, plasma screens and the latest AMX Touch Panels. MAX products also can be controlled by a Windows™ PC, a Pocket PC™ or the most popular control systems.

STANDARD FEATURES

Hard drive based music server with lossless compression to allow playback at full

CD quality.

Progressive text search locates the disc you’re looking for instantly.

Control any MAX product over Ethernet or RS-232 via your AMX or Crestron control System, a Windows PC, or an on-screen interface.

Includes powerful Windows software for PC control.

CD title recognition is available instantly from the CD database within the unit.

The CD database is updated monthly as well as any software upgrades and web based technical support.

Two units can be joined together to allow for greater capacity and more outputs.

Available with 2 or 4 independent audio outputs (analog and S/PDIF digital).

Includes CD-RW drive for updating library or creating custom CDs.

AUDIO FEATURES

24bit D/A conversion

48khz sampling rate

Output level -10dBV nominal

Signal to Noise Ratio 110db A-weighted

Archive your IMS CD database.

Provides quick and easy backup restoration.

POWER

110-240VAC 60/50hz 4.3A

150 WATTS

FRONT PANEL

Blue Power LED

Power switch

CD-RW drive

REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS

AC power

RJ45 Ethernet for external control

DB9 RS-232 port for external control

RCA PCM digital output for audio output

(2) RCA stereo analog outputs for each output port

CAPACITY

MAX - IMS 500 – 500 CD capacity, 2 audio outputs

MAX - IMS 500 – 500 CD capacity, 4 audio outputs

MAX - IMS 1000 – 1000 CD capacity, 2 audio outputs

MAX - IMS 1000 – 1000 CD capacity, 4 audio outputs

MAX - IMS 1500 – 1500 CD capacity, 2 audio outputs

MAX - IMS 1500 – 1500 CD capacity, 4 audio outputs

MAX - IMS 2500 – 2500 CD capacity, 2 audio outputs

MAX - IMS 2500 – 2500 CD capacity, 4 audio outputs

INCLUDED ITEMS

Power cord

MECHANICAL FEATURES

DIMENSIONS

1.75" H x 19" W x 18.50" D (4.45cm x 48.26cm x 46.99cm)

WEIGHT

MAX - IMS 500 – 19lbs (8.61kg)

MAX - IMS 1000 – 21lbs (9.52kg)

MAX - IMS 1500 – 23lbs (10.43kg)

MAX - IMS 2500 – 24lbs (10.88kg)

FG2177-02

FG2177-04

FG2177-06

FG2177-08

FG2177-10

FG2177-12

FG2177-14

FG2177-16

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

M A X I N T E G R A T E D M U S I C S E R V E R ( M A X - B M S )

Welcome to a new and exciting world of music, where digital content can be stored, accessed, and displayed in the exact same quality as the original recordings. Build and control a library of CDs (and MP3s) with ease, and instantly play the stored content simultaneously, to different integrated environments. Introducing MAX, the Integrated Content Server from AMX that makes this all possible.

MAX-BSM

Backup Storage Module

Think smart, plan ahead. MAX does these things for you with the Backup

Storage Module, which provides peace of mind. In the rare event that the

MAX IMS were to lose any of the stored information, the BSM will come to the rescue. The BSM keeps all the original data on backup. Simply transfer the data from the IMS onto the BMS and save valuable time, knowing it will always be there.

FEATURES

Archive your IMS CD database.

Provides quick and easy backup restoration.

POWER

110-240VAC 60/50hz 4.3A

150 WATTS

FRONT PANEL

Blue power LED

Power switch

REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS

AC power

RJ45 Ethernet for external control

DB9 RS-232 port for external control

CAPACITY

MAX - BSM 500 – 500 CD capacity

MAX - BSM 1000 – 1000 CD capacity

MAX - BSM 1500 – 1500 CD capacity

MAX - BSM 2500 – 2500 CD capacity

INCLUDED ITEMS

Power cord

MECHANICAL FEATURES

FG2177-60

FG2177-70

FG2177-80

FG2177-90

DIMENSIONS

1.75" H x 19" W x 18.50" D (4.45cm x 48.26cm x 46.99cm)

WEIGHT

MAX - BSM 500 – 19lbs (8.61kg)

MAX - BSM 1000 – 21lbs (9.52kg)

MAX - BSM 1500 – 23lbs (10.43kg)

MAX - BSM 2500 – 24lbs (10.88kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

M A X M U L T I M E D I A S E R V E R ( M A X - M M S )

Welcome to a new and exciting world of music and movies, where digital content can be stored, accessed, and displayed in the exact same quality as the original recordings. Build and control a library of CDs and DVDs with ease, and instantly play the stored discs simultaneously, from different integrated environments. Introducing MAX, the Integrated Multimedia Content Server from

AMX that makes this all possible.

MAX-MMS

MultiMedia Server

For audio and video distribution systems of any size, the MultiMedia Server

(MMS) manages a continuously growing and changing collection of CDs and

DVDs with astonishing efficiency. The MMS has enough memory capacity to effectively store and manage from 125 to 900 DVDs, plus thousands of CDs.

Users can add as many audio and video files as desired, as well as search and select titles and tracks with rapid results. The MMS integrates significantly easier than any other personal music server or CD carousel. Each unit operates in concert with a wide range of electronic equipment, including audio systems, plasma screens and the latest AMX Touch Panels. MAX products also can be controlled by a Windows™ PC, a Pocket PC™ or the most popular control systems.

STANDARD FEATURES

No compression is used to store CDs or DVDs.

Outputs same quality as original media.

Also stores CDs with no quality loss - 25 CDs can be stored in place of 1 DVD.

Control any MAX product over Ethernet or RS-232 via your AMX or Crestron control System, a Windows PC, or an on-screen interface.

Includes WinMAS™ software for control by a Windows PC.

Progressive Text Search locates the content instantly.

Ethernet output for content distribution via Audio / Video Modules.

Runs on a highly reliable Linux platform.

RAID5 disk drive system.

2 MMS units can be joined together for more capacity or more zones.

FRONT PANEL

Blue Power LED

Blue Hard Drive Activity LED

Power switch

Reset switch

DVD/CDRW drive

REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS

AC power

Power supply switch

DB9 RS-232 port for external control

RJ45 Ethernet port for external control

RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet port for connection to AVM modules through Gigabit

Ethernet hub

CAPACITY

MAX - MMS125, 125 DVD capacity

MAX - MMS200, 200 DVD capacity

MAX - MMS300, 300 DVD capacity

MAX - MMS350, 350 DVD capacity

MAX - MMS400, 400 DVD capacity

MAX - MMS900, 900 DVD capacity

POWER

115VAC/10A 60hz

235VAC/5A 50hz

FG2178-01

FG2178-02

FG2178-03

FG2178-04

FG2178-05

FG2178-06

INCLUDED ITEMS

Power cord

Rack ears

MECHANICAL FEATURES

DIMENSIONS

7" H x 16 7/8" W (without rack ears) x 18 9/16" D

(17.78cm x 42.88cm x 47.51cm)

WEIGHT

MAX - MMS 125 – 39lbs (17.69kg)

MAX - MMS 200 – 41lbs (18.60kg)

MAX - MMS 300 – 45lbs (20.41kg)

MAX - MMS 350 – 49lbs (22.23kg)

MAX - MMS 400 – 53lbs (24.04kg)

MAX - MMS 900 – 57lbs (25.86kg)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

M A X M U L T I M E D I A S E R V E R ( M A X - M M S )

Welcome to a new and exciting world of music and movies, where digital content can be stored, accessed, and displayed in the exact same quality as the original recordings. Build and control a library of CDs and DVDs with ease, and instantly play the stored discs simultaneously, from different integrated environments. Introducing MAX, the Integrated Multimedia Content Server from

AMX that makes this all possible.

MAX-AVM

Audio/Video Modules

FG2178-50

Experience the convenience and luxury of custom video distribution. Simply add one of our Audio Video Modules (AVM) to each area of the house that you want content to be displayed. The AVM communicates directly with MAX-MMS to create a distinct audio/video zone that can be controlled and personalized using an AMX Touch Panel.

FEATURES

Streaming DVD playback module

Eight AVM modules can be connected to an MMS content server

AUDIO/VIDEO FEATURES

VGA video output is 1024 x 768 resolution @60hz

Dolby Digital and DTS supported digital audio formats.

Aspect Ratio control

POWER

12VDC 5A, external power supply

FRONT PANEL

Green Power LED

Amber hard drive activity LED

Power button

REAR PANEL CONNECTIONS

1/4" DC power

RJ45 Ethernet connected to LAN

RCA S/PDIF digital audio output

DB15HD VGA output

S-video monitor output

1/8" analog audio output

INCLUDED ITEMS

12VDC 5A external power supply

1/8" to RCA female Y adapter

MECHANICAL FEATURES

DIMENSIONS

2 3/16" H x 7" W x 11 " D (5.56cm x 17.78cm x 27.94cm)

WEIGHT

3.5lbs (1.59kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

Lighting

A M X I N C O N C E R T W I T H L U T R O N

ALD-D48

AMX Network Lighting Solution Dimmer

Interface

FG2604

The ALD-D48 is the heart of an AMX integrated network lighting solution. The programmatic interface to the ALD-D48 appears similar to an

AMX native device in that it utilizes a standard

AMX command set. When used with ALD dimmers and switches a complete

NetLinx compatible lighting system is formed.

Each ALD-D48 can support up to 48 Vareo switches (12 buses with four switches per bus). Further, up to 10 ALD-D48s can be connected to one

NetLinx master. This produces a network of control for 480 switches.

ALD-1000NS

1000 W/VA Vareo Switch

FG2604-30

The ALD-1000NS is a Vareo-Style, 1,000 W switch and is used in concert with the ALD-D48 Dimmer Interface to provide a total Network Lighting Solution. It functions much like a standard switch with an integral microprocessor that allows them to be incorporated into a lighting control system. The Vareo-Style

Dimmers/Switches are useful in locations where single circuits of lighting need to be dimmed or switched on and off. Advanced features include fade on/fade off, slow fade off, and rapid full on. Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches include a front accessible air-gap switch for safe lamp replacement. All Vareo-Style models can be installed in either single pole or 3-way applications.

ALD-1000D

1000 W/V/A Vareo Dimmer

FG2604-10

The ALD-1000D is a Vareo-Style, 1,000 W dimmer and is used in concert with the ALD-D48 Dimmer Interface to provide a total Network Lighting Solution. It functions much like a standard dimmer with an integral microprocessor that allows them to be incorporated into a lighting control system. The Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches are useful in locations where single circuits of lighting need to be dimmed or switched on and off. Advanced features include fade on/fade off, slow fade off and rapid full on. Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches include a front accessible air-gap switch for safe lamp replacement. All Vareo-Style models can be installed in either single pole or 3-way applications.

ALD-VETS-R

Auxiliary Switch for Vareo Dimmers/Switches

FG2604-40

To achieve 3-way control of lights, the ALD-VETS-R is used as an auxiliary tap switch in conjunction with the Vareo-Style

Dimmers/Switches. As many as nine VETS-R controls can be used with a single Vareo-Style Dimmer/Switch.

ALD-600D

600 W/V/A Vareo Dimmer

FG2604-20

The ALD-600D is a Vareo-Style, 600 W dimmer and is used in concert with the ALD-D48 Dimmer Interface to provide a total Network Lighting Solution. It functions much like a standard dimmer with an integral microprocessor that allows them to be incorporated into a lighting control system. The Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches are useful in locations where single circuits of lighting need to be dimmed or switched on and off.

Advanced features include fade on/fade off, slow fade off, and rapid full on.

Vareo-Style Dimmers/Switches include a front accessible air-gap switch for safe lamp replacement. All Vareo-Style models can be installed in either single pole or 3-way applications.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

ALD-VWP-2

Lutron 2 Gang Wall Plate

FG2604-60

ALD-VWP-3

Lutron 3 Gang Wall Plate

FG2604-61

ALD-VWP-4

Lutron 4 Gang Wall Plate

FG2604-62

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

R A D I A L I G H T I N G C O N T R O L E N C L O S U R E S

RDA-ENC2

Radia Lighting 2 Space Enclosure

FG606-10

FEATURES

Supports installation of single-phase Dimmer Cards

Provides two spaces for Radia Lighting Cards and Modules

Six knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 12.00" x 6.00" x 6.00" (305 mm x 152 mm x 152 mm)

WEIGHT: 4.5 lbs (2.0 Kg)

RDA-ENC4

Radia 4 Space Enclosure

FG606-11

RDA-ENC8W

8-Module In-Wall Enclosure

FG606-17

In-wall enclosure mounts between 16.00" centered studs, provides eight spaces for Radia Control Cards, Modules and Integrated Dimming Modules.

APPLICATION

In-wall enclosure for Radia Lighting systems

Provides eight spaces for Radia Control Cards, Modules and Integrated Dimmer Modules (except RDM-2INC and RDM-INC50)

Supports up to 24 dimming channels per unit (4 RDD-DM6)

MOUNTING

Installs within 16.00" centered studs or surface-mount,

Inserts 3.25" into wall to hide conduit (knockouts included)

Projects 4.25" away from wall for ventilation

ENCLOSURE

Black matte metal enclosure with ventilated cover, nail plates for stud mounting

Dimensions: approx. 37.00" x 15.25" x 7.50" (940 mm x 387 mm x 191 mm)

FEATURES

Supports installation of single-phase Dimmer Cards

Provides four spaces for Radia Cards and Modules

Nine knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1.00" conduit

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

12.00" x 12.00" x 6.00" (305 mm x 305 mm x 152 mm)

WEIGHT: 7.5 lbs (3.4 Kg)

RDA-ENC6

Radia 6 Space Enclosure

FG606-12

RDA-ENC6B and RDA-ENC12B

Radia Lighting 6 Space Enclosure with 6 or 12 Breakers

FG606-13

FG606-15

FG606-14

FG606-16

6 breakers, 120VAC

6 breakers, 240VAC

12 breakers, 120VAC

12 breakers, 240VAC

FEATURES

Supports multi-phase wiring for one RDC-PDC Dimmer Card

Includes six or 12 20A circuit breakers and terminals for multi-phase wiring

Provides six spaces for Radia Lighting Modules

Mounts RDC-PDC card in dedicated, pre-wired compartment

18 knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1.00" conduit

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 24.00" x 18.00" x 6.00" (607 mm x 457 mm x 152 mm)

WEIGHT: 16.5 lbs, (7.5 Kg)

FEATURES

Supports installation of single-phase Dimmer Cards

Provides six spaces for Radia Lighting Cards and Modules

10 knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1.00" conduit

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 12.00" x 18.00" x 6.00" (305 mm x 457 mm x 152 mm)

WEIGHT: 9.5 lbs (4.3 Kg)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

R A D I A C O N T R O L C A R D S

RADIA CONTROL CARD FEATURES

Delivers digital dimming control to Radia Modules from six control ports, as well as onboard system processing, networking, and non-volatile preset memory

Drives all channels using the same power phase

Stores 128 onboard presets, each can use unique fade time

Ramps using programmable fade time, from 0 to 255 seconds

Provides up to 16 different dimming curves for precision control

Adapts with software-driven settings for low-end dimming cutoff

Creates system-wide and zoned presets

MOUNTING

Installs into one Radia Lighting Enclosure space

COOLING

Requires no fans, convection-cooled

LISTING

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

CONTROL FORMATS

PROlink: A 4-wire data bus that interconnects Control Cards, Integrated Dimmer

Modules and wall panels. The high-speed network can operate up to 60 lighting channels (10 6-channel packs) and Wall Panels.

AXLink: A 4-wire data bus that connects Radia Lighting Systems to AMX Axcess,

NetLinx and Landmark Control Systems, and allows Radia lighting control to be a carried over copper wiring, fiber optic cable, a computer network and the Internet.

Closures: Each Dimmer Card can accept up to eight contact closure inputs for basic preset recall and inexpensive lighting control.

I N T E G R A T E D D I M M E R M O D U L E S

INTEGRATED DIMMER MODULE FEATURES

Provides intelligent system processing, networking and non-volatile preset memory

Drives all channels using the same power phase

Stores 128 onboard presets, each can use unique fade time

Ramps using programmable fade time, from zero to 255 seconds

Provides up to 16 different dimming curves for precision control

Creates system-wide and zoned presets

MOUNTING

Installs into two Radia Lighting Enclosure spaces

COOLING

Requires no fans, convection-cooled

LISTING

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

CONTROL

PROlink: A 4-wire data bus that interconnects Dimmer Cards, Integrated Dimmer

Modules and wall panels. The high-speed network can operate up to 60 lighting channels (10 6-channel packs) and Wall Panels.

AXLink: A four-wire data bus that connects Radia Lighting Systems to AMX

Axcess, NetLinx and Landmark Control Systems, and allows Radia lighting control to be a carried over copper wiring, fiber optic cable, a computer network and the

Internet.

Closures: Each Dimmer Card can accept up to eight contact closure inputs for basic preset recall and inexpensive lighting control.

RDC-DC

Radia Control Card, 6-Channel

Dimmer – Single Phase

FG606-01

FG606-02

FG606-03

VOLTAGE

Available for 120/240/277 VAC applications (3 models)

120VAC

240VAC

277VAC

RDD-DM6

6-Channel Integrated

Dimmer Module

FG606-22

FG606-23

120VAC

240VAC

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

FG606-25 277VAC

SIX 10A ONBOARD DIMMERS

Drive all six from one 20A feed

Split into two 20A zones, three dimmers per zone

No digital control channels for Radia Lighting Modules

VOLTAGE

Available for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDC-PDC

Radia Pro Control Card,

Dual or 3 Phase

FG606-04

FG606-05

120VAC

240VAC

VOLTAGE

Available for 120/240 VAC applications (2 models)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

RDD-DM4

4-Channel Integrated

Dimmer Module

FG606-20

FG606-21

120VAC

240VAC

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

FG606-24 277VAC

FOUR 10A ONBOARD DIMMERS

Drive all four from one 20A feed

Split into two 20A feeds, 2 dimmers per feed

Two digital control ports for Radia Lighting Modules

VOLTAGE

Available for 120/240/277 VAC applications

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

R A D I A D I M M E R M O D U L E S

RDM-INC

Incandescent Dimmer Module, 2,400 W

FG606-30

RDM-DC

DC Module, 1,920 W, 0-12 VDC

FG606-60

Application

Dims one circuit DC-controlled electronic fluorescent ballasts

Ramps 0–12 VDC signal for level control

One 20A Positive air gap relays for power

Current sinking

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

APPLICATION

20A Incandescent-compatible dimming

General-purpose switching, no positive air gap

40A SCR, 350 microsecond rise time choke

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-2INC

Dual Incandescent Dimmer Module, 2,400 W (x2)

FG606-31

APPLICATION

Dual-channel 20A Incandescent-compatible dimming

General-purpose switching

Dual-channel 40A SCR, 350 microsecond rise time chokes

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-INC50

Incandescent Dimmer Module, 6,000 W

FG606-32

APPLICATION

50A Incandescent-compatible dimming

General-purpose switching, no positive air gap

50A SCR and 500 microsecond rise time choke

Installs in two enclosure spaces

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-2DC

Dual DC Module, 1,920 W (x2), 0-12 VDC

FG606-61

APPLICATION

Dims two circuits DC-controlled electronic fluorescent ballasts

Ramps 0–12 VDC signal for level control

Dual 20A Positive air gap relays for power

Current sinking

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-3DC

Triple DC Module, 1,920 W (x3), 0-12 VDC

FG606-62

RDM-MDM

Multi-mode Dimmer Module, 2,400 W

FG606-36

APPLICATION

Versatile 20A “dimming construction set" adapts to operate most fixtures, includes:

-

Solid-state 40A SCR

-

Positive air-gap general-purpose 20A relay

-

350 microsecond choke

-

Load resistor

Provides high-wattage (1920–6000W) level control of dimmable fixtures

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

APPLICATION

Dims three circuits DC-controlled electronic fluorescent ballasts

Ramps 0–12 VDC signal for level control

Three 20A Positive air gap relays for power

Current sinking

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

R A D I A D I M M E R M O D U L E S

RDM-HDC

Heavy-Duty DC Module, 2,400 W, 0-12 VDC

FG606-63

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

RDM-2SWM

Dual Switch Module, 20A

FG606-51

APPLICATION

Two 20A positive air-gap relay

General-purpose switching applications

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

APPLICATION

Dims DC-controlled electronic fluorescent ballasts

Ramps 0–12 VDC signal for level control

20A Positive air gap relay for power

Current sourcing or current sinking

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-FDB

FDB Module, 1,920 W

FG606-65

RDM-2FDB

Dual FDB Module, 1,920 W (x2)

FG606-66

RDM-3FDB

Triple FDB Module, 1,920 W (x3)

FG606-67

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

RDM-3SWM

Triple Switch Module, 20A

FG606-52

APPLICATION

Three 20A positive air-gap relay

General-purpose switching applications

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-HFDB

Heavy-Duty FDB Module, 2,400 W

FG606-68

RDM-3EM

Heavy Duty Energy Management Relay Module, 20A

FG606-81

APPLICATION

3-Wire Fluorescent Dims 3-wire FDB-style electronic fluorescent ballasts

Provides variable phase control for dimming

Positive air gap relay for power

For use with Lutron FDB and ECO-10 ballasts

Also used for fluorescent dimming with dimming interfaces by others

R A D I A S W I T C H M O D U L E S

Three 20A relays - Non-phase dependent

On-board module microprocessors - supports relay control and sequencing

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

Incandescent, transformer, low voltage, general purpose load types

RDM-SWM

Switch Module, 20A

FG606-50

APPLICATION

20A positive air-gap relay

General-purpose switching applications

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

RDM-6EM

Heavy Duty Energy Management Relay Module, 20A

FG606-80

Six 20A relays - Non-phase dependent

On-board module microprocessors - supports relay control and sequencing

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

Incandescent, transformer, low voltage, general purpose load types

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

R A D I A S W I T C H M O D U L E S

RDM-HSW

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

Heavy-Duty Switch Module, 20A

FG606-53

APPLICATION

20A heavy-duty positive air-gap relay

Heavy-duty switching applications

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-2HSW *LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

Heavy-Duty Dual Switch Module, 20A (x2)

FG606-54

APPLICATION

Two 20A heavy-duty positive air-gap relays

Heavy-duty switching applications

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-3HSW

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

Heavy-Duty Triple Switch Module, 20A (x3)

FG606-55

APPLICATION

Three 20A heavy-duty positive air-gap relays

Heavy-duty switching applications

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-ZC

Zero Cross Module, 20A

FG606-40

APPLICATION

20A module switches fixtures at the zero-cross point of AC waveform

40A solid-state SCR

Recommended for electronic fluorescent ballasts

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-2ZC

Dual Zero Cross Module,

20 A (x2)

FG606-41

APPLICATION

20A dual-channel module switches fixtures at the zero-cross point of

AC wave form

Two 40A solid-state SCRs

Recommended for electronic fluorescent ballasts

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

RDM-ZC50

Zero Cross Module, 50A

FG606-43

APPLICATION

50A module switches fixtures at the zero-cross point of AC wave form

High-output solid-state SCR

Recommended for electronic fluorescent ballasts

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

RDM-DPSM

Double Pole Single Throw Module, 20A

FG606-56

APPLICATION

20A DPST (Double Pole Single Throw) relay switches both hot and neutral

(or two hots)

Positive air gap relay

Recommended for controlling outdoor lighting outlets and sensitive electronics

Installs in one enclosure space

UL/CUL listed for continuous-duty operation

Suitable for 120/240/277 VAC applications

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

P R O D I M M E R K I T S

RDK-ENC6B

Radia 6-Channel Pro Dimmer Kit,

120 or 240 VAC

FG606-93K

Includes RDA-ENC6B/120 enclosure and one

RDC-PDC/120 card

FG606-94K

Includes RDA-ENC6B/240 enclosure and one

RDC-PDC/240 card

APPLICATION

Supports multi-phase wiring for RDA-PDC Dimmer Card

Includes six 20A circuit breakers 120/208 VAC, 4W+G

Provides six spaces for Radia Lighting Modules

Mounts RDC-PDC cards in dedicated, pre-wired compartment

18 knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 24" x 18" x 6" (607 mm x 457 mm x 152 mm)

WEIGHT: 17.5 lbs (8.0 Kg)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

P R O D I M M E R K I T S

RDK-ENC12B

Radia 12-Channel Pro Dimmer Kit, 120 or 240 VAC

FG606-95K

FG606-96K

Includes RDA-ENC12B/120 enclosure and two RDC-PDC/120 cards

Includes RDA-ENC12B/240 enclosure and two RDC-PDC/240 cards

APPLICATION

Supports multi-phase wiring for both RDA-PDC Dimmer Cards

Includes 12 20A circuit breakers 120/208 VAC, 4W+G

Provides six spaces for Radia Lighting Modules

Mounts RDC-PDC cards in dedicated, pre-wired compartment

18 knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" conduit

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 24" x 18" x 6" (607 mm x 457 mm x 152 mm)

WEIGHT: 17.5 lbs (8.0 Kg)

R A D I A P R O L I N K F L U S H M O U N T K E Y P A D S

PRO-DP8

Decor PROlink Flush Mount Keypad Panel

(single gang)

FG5790-10

FG5790-11

FG5790-12

White

Black

Ivory

APPLICATION

Controls up to 12 lighting channels

Record/playback of five presets

Playback-only mode for five or eight presets

Zone select and lighting raise/lower

Mounts in US style single-gang wall box

WEIGHT: 3.2 oz (90 g)

D I M M E R A C C E S S O R I E S

RDA-PSM

12 VDC 2.5A Power Supply Module

FG606-90

APPLICATION

Provides 12 VDC, 2500 mA power to Radia Lighting Cards and Modules

Unregulated, class one power supply

Installs in one enclosure space

RDA-CKM

Dual Choke Module

FG606-92

Application

Quiets “problem" incandescent fixtures

Add to zones operated by Integrated Dimmer Module onboard dimmers

Two 350 micro-second chokes

RDA-DIV

Radia Module Divider

FG606-18

APPLICATION

Separates 110 from 277/240 Modules in Radia Lighting Enclosure

Use if required by local code

RDA-EFP

Radia Enclosure Filler Plate

FG606-19

APPLICATION

Required to fill open spaces in Radia Lighting Enclosures

Installs in one enclosure space

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

PRO-DP16

Decor PROlink Flush Mount Keypad

Panel (2 gang)

FG5790-20

FG5790-21

FG5790-22

White

Black

Ivory

APPLICATION

Controls 60 lighting zones

Record/playback of 11 presets

Playback-only mode for 12 or 16 presets

Channel select and raise/lower

Mode select

PGM sets panel in preset programming mode

PCK mode allows user to select pack (one of 10 6-channel packs)

CRV selects curve for selected channel

LE programs low end cut-off point for selected channel

Mounts in US style two-gang wall box

WEIGHT: 5 oz (130 g)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

Camera

Controllers

S Y S T E M A C C E S S O R I E S

C A M E R A C O N T R O L L E R S

AXP-CCS

Softwire Camera Center

FG630-31

AXP-PLV

PosiTrack Pilot Video Touch Panel

FG5630-80

Designed with the camera operator in mind, the PosiTrack Pilot Video Touch

Panel includes a 6" color-active Touch Panel with a video display, a proportional pan/tilt/zoom joystick and focus, iris and speed controls. With the right hand on the soft wrist pad, the operator can intuitively guide the camera, and twist the joystick, to zoom the lens in and out. At the same time, a quick spin of the side-mounted control knobs is all it takes to fine-tune focus, iris and speed. Using the graphic icons displayed on the color Touch Panel, the operator can visually track and change camera movement, select cameras, store and recall presets and adjust each camera's settings. Patent Pending.

CONTROL

Integrated proportional joystick for zoom and pan/tilt

Side-mount wheel spins to adjust focus

Side-mount knob control iris

Side-mount knob trims response speed

DISPLAY

6" diagonal color active-matrix LCD, 320x240 pixels

INSTANT-ACCESS BUTTONS

12 pushbuttons, six on each side, custom engraving included

CONNECTIONS

AXLink: 4-pin male mini-XLR for data and power

VIDEO IN

BNC female connector (NTSC/PAL/SECAM)

ENCLOSURE: Molded plastic enclosure, blue top with gray base

DIMENSIONS [HWD]: 5.0" x 17.7" x 8.6" (126 mm x 450 mm x 217 mm)

WEIGHT: 5.65 lbs (2.56 kg)

The AXP-CCS Softwire Camera Center combines precision proportional joystick pan/tilt and lens control with interactive softwire pushbutton control.

Illuminated buttons select up to six cameras with up to 24 preset shots per camera. Optional software allows 18 camera, eight preset control. Buttons are also provided for iris open, close, and automatic/manual operation. Dual joysticks provide traditional, responsive control for pan/tilt heads and lenses.

The center-return joysticks deliver proportional motion and speed control for pan, tilt, zoom and focus.

CONTROL

Softwire: 22 pushbuttons with LED feedback

CONNECTORS

AXLink: 4-pin female mini-XLR for AXLink data/power bus

POSITION

Two proportional joysticks

Two joystick speed trim potentiometers

INCLUDES

4-pin mini-XLR male AXLink connector

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.0" (including joysticks) x 10.0" x 8.0"

(102 mm x 254 mm x 204 mm)

WEIGHT: 2.4 lbs (1.1 Kg)

POWER:

12 VDC 125 mA

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

C A M E R A C O N T R O L L E R S

AXM-CCS

Rack-Mount Softwire Camera Center

FG630-35

The AXP-CCS Rack-Mount Softwire Camera Center combines precision proportional joystick pan/tilt and lens control with interactive softwire pushbutton control. Illuminated buttons select up to six cameras with as many as 24 preset shots per camera. Optional software allows for 18 cameras, eight preset control. Buttons are also provided for iris open, close and automatic/manual operation. Dual joysticks provide traditional, responsive control for pan/tilt heads and lenses. The center-return joysticks deliver proportional motion and speed control for pan, tilt, zoom and focus.

CONTROL

Softwire: 22 pushbuttons with LED feedback

CONNECTORS

AXLink: 4-pin female mini-XLR for AXLink data/power bus

POSITION

Two proportional joysticks

Two joystick speed trim potentiometers

INCLUDES

4-pin mini-XLR male AXLink connector

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.47" x 19.0" x 4.73"

(88.1 mm x 482.6 mm x 121.9 mm)

WEIGHT: 2.43 lbs (1.1 Kg)

POWER: 12 VDC 125 mA

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

P O S I T R A C K P A N / T I L T H E A D S

The PosiTrack Pan/Tilt Heads are fully integrated camera positioning controllers. All three models are capable of commanding a camera's pan and tilt functionality, as well as lens zoom, focus and iris features. The PosiTrack Heads provide seamless broadcast-quality control at an appealing economical price.

The PosiTrack Heads are designed with a smooth, quiet-motion analog motor drive that incorporates precision digital position sensing. Featuring a resolution of more than one million steps, each PosiTrack Head's digital encoders offer responsive speed control and enable repeatable presets that deliver pinpoint accuracy.

AXB-PT30

PosiTrack Camera Controller

FG630-60

The PosiTrack 30 is a fully integrated camera positioning controller, providing onboard control of camera pan and tilt, lens zoom, focus, and iris functions, as well as camera CPU setup and diagnostics. Onboard processing stores up to 255 presets, of which 127 deliver status data when queried. In addition, pan and tilt limits can be set by remote control and logged into memory.

By combining precision mechanics, digital sensing, and onboard intelligence, the PosiTrack 30 can perform synchronized presets by moving all axes to arrive at the new preset location at the same time. With locked-in speed sensing, proportional motion control is a snap (you'll never have to “bump" the joystick to get the camera moving). The PosiTrack 30 is part of a network-controlled camera positioning system. Up to 250 heads can be combined with multiple panels, sources, and routing switchers that are linked by a four-wire control bus, fiber optics, or through a LAN/Internet connection. A product of AMX technology applied to the art of camera control, the PosiTrack 30 delivers outof-sight performance and real-world value.

CONTROL PORTS

AXLink: 4-pin locking captive-screw input for AXLink data and DC power

(internal jumper for RS-232)

LENS

DB-15 high-density female connector

CPU RS-232

DB-9 male connector

ANGULAR TRAVEL

Pan ±174° (348° total), Tilt ±90° (180° total)

SPEED

Pan 35°/sec, Tilt 35°/sec

REPEATABILITY

±5 arc minutes

REVERSING:

Instantaneous

LIMIT STOPS: “Soft" stops, adjustable via Axcess programming

INCLUDES

4-pin locking captive-screw AXLink connector with strain relief

ENVIRONMENT:

32°-120° F (0°-49° C) ambient temperature

ENCLOSURE:

Metal with matte black enamel and black anodized finish

MOUNTING PLATE:

3.5" (89 mm) diameter base with four tapped 1/4-20 mounting holes

DIMENSIONS:

Camera Controller

- 7.10" x 5.70" x 4.65" (180.34 mm x 144.90 mm x 118.10 mm)

Camera Cradle

- 4.75"x 3.75" x 6.25" (120.67 mm x 95.28 mm x 158.75 mm)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

WEIGHT: 13.05 lbs (5.92 kg)

OPTIONS

CC-CAM lens control cable (specify make and model)

CC-CAM RS-232 camera control cable (specify make and model)

PM-CAM Pedestal Mount

TM-CAM Tripod Mount

WM-CAM Flush Mount/Ceiling Mount bracket

12V DC power supply

POSITRACK 30 (handles camera loads up to 30 pounds/14 kg)

THREE MODELS

The PosiTrack Heads are available in two different model sizes to handle the various camera loads:

PosiTrack 15 (handles camera loads up to 15 pounds/6.8 kg)

PosiTrack 30 (handles camera loads up to 30 pounds/13.6 kg)

AXB-PT15

PosiTrack Camera Controller

FG630-63

POSITRACK 15 (handles camera loads up to 15 pounds/6.8 kg)

C A M E R A C O N T R O L A C C E S S O R I E S

WM-CAM

Wall Mount for PosiTrack Camera Heads

FG630-41

BASE DIMENSIONS: 9.75" x 6.0"(248 mm x 152 mm)

LENGTH: 19.75" (502 mm)

WEIGHT: 7.6 Lbs (3.5 kg)

PM-CAM

Flush/Ceiling PosiTrack Pedestal Mount

FG630-42

8-inch pedestal for straight-up installation of PosiTrack heads

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 8.0" x 5.0" x 5.0" (203 mm x 147 mm x 147mm)

WEIGHT: 2.3 lbs (1.0 kg)

TM-CAM

PosiTrack Tripod Mount Adapter

FG630-43

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

Axcess

Controllers

A X C E S S

V I E W P O I N T X P R E S S 2 - W A Y

W I R E L E S S S Y S T E M S

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

VPX-CPNW

ViewPoint Xpress Color System

FG840-K9

NetWave 2-way 2.4 GHz RF

Combine 2-way interactive wireless ViewPoint Touch Panels, the powerful

Axcent3 Integrated Control System and our intuitive VPXpress System Software and you have the world’s most versatile 2-way wireless Touch Panel system: the AMX ViewPoint Xpress System.

With six IR ports, six RS-232/422/485 ports, six I/O channels and eight relays, the Axcent3 delivers instantaneous, intelligent control. Any number of Axcess

Bus Controllers can be added to expand the system. The VPXpress System

Software can turn a novice into a pro – automatically creating ViewPoint popup page graphics, as well as system software and configuration, all from a few simple menu choices.

INCLUDES:

VPN-CP Color ViewPoint NetWave Touch Panel

Axcent3 Integrated Control System

Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables

One CC-COM programming cable

One ViewPoint programming adapter cable

AXR-NWS NetWave Server

PS 2.8 Power Supply

VPX-CP

ViewPoint Xpress Color System

FG840-K3

FG840-K3-304

FG840-K3-433

FG840-K3-310

FG840-K3-315

418 MHz (1-way IR/RF)

304 MHz (1-way IR/RF)

433 MHz (1-way IR/RF)

*LIMITED AVAILABILITY*

310 MHz (1-way IR/RF)

315 MHz (1-way IR/RF)

INCLUDES:

VPT-CP 1-way ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel

Axcent3 Integrated Controller

Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables

One CC-COM programming cable

One ViewPoint programming adapter cable

AXR-RF RF Receiver

PS 2.8 Power Supply

A X C E N T 3 & A X C E N T 3 P R O

The Axcent3 Integrated Axcess System and Axcent3 PRO Integrated

Axcess Control Frame set new standards for versatile, high-density multiport control. They can act as a system master or server, allowing multiple Axcent3 units to be combined in the same system – an AMX exclusive feature. Ports have new power – IR ports can send one-way

RS-232. I/O channels can provide automatic, sensed IR power control.

RS-232/422/485 ports can operate at up to 115,200 baud. All ports are software configurable by Open AXCESS and AMX Studio Software.

V I E W P O I N T X P R E S S 1 - W A Y

W I R E L E S S S Y S T E M S

Combine elegant interactive wireless ViewPoint Touch Panels, the powerful

Axcent3 Integrated Control System and our intuitive VPXpress System Software and you have the world’s most versatile 1-way wireless Touch Panel system: the AMX ViewPoint Xpress System.

With six IR ports, six RS-232/422/485 ports, six I/O channels and eight relays, the Axcent3 delivers instantaneous, intelligent control. Any number of Axcess

Bus Controllers can be added to expand the system. The VPXpress System

Software can turn a novice into a pro – automatically creating ViewPoint popup page graphics, as well as system software and configuration, all from a few simple menu choices.

VPX-CPIR

ViewPoint Xpress Color System

FG840-K4 38/455 kHz IR (1-way IR)

INCLUDES:

VPT-CP 1-way ViewPoint Color Wireless Touch Panel

Axcent3 Integrated Controller

Four CC-IRC infrared emitter cables

One CC-COM programming cable

One ViewPoint programming adapter cable

AXD-IR+ Decor IR Receiver

PS2.8 Power Supply

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

AXCENT 3

Integrated Axcess System

FG5955-20

CONTROL PORTS

Six IR/Serial/RS-232 ports (One-way RS-232 300-38,400 baud, 0-5 VDC)

Six RS-232/422/485 ports, 9-pin male D-sub connectors (2-way 300-115,200 baud), XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS

Eight relays (normally open) rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC

Six input/output channels, rated at 200 mA, contact closure or TTL logic inputs

POWER

600 mA @ 12 VDC (minimum; not including control cards or bus devices)

INCLUDES

Front- and rear-panel status LEDs

Metal tab strips for communing adjacent relays

Four CC-IRC emitters

Rack-mount brackets (short)

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 17.0" x 3.0" (88.1 mm x 432 mm x 76 mm)

WEIGHT: 5 lbs (2.3 kg)

SOFTWARE: Open AXCESS Axcess Configuration/Diagnostic Software

OPTIONS

12 VDC power supply

CSB Cable Support Bracket

AC-RK3 Extended Length Axcent3 Rack Kit

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

A X C E N T 3 & A X C E N T 3 P R O A X C E S S C A R D F R A M E S

AXCENT 3 PRO

Integrated Axcess ControlFrame

FG5955-30

CONTROL PORTS

Six IR/Serial/RS-232 ports (1-way RS-232 300-38,400 baud, 0-5 VDC)

Six RS-232/422/485 ports, 9-pin male D-sub connectors (2-way 300-115,200 baud), XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS

Eight relays (normally open) rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC

Six input/output channels, rated at 200 mA, contact closure or TTL logic inputs

POWER

600 mA @ 12 VDC (minimum; not including control cards or bus devices)

INCLUDES

Front- and rear-panel status LEDs

Metal tab strips for communing adjacent relays

Four CC-IRC emitters

Rack-mount brackets (short)

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

3.5" x 17.0" x 13.65"

(88.1 mm x 432 mm x 356.8 mm)

WEIGHT: 5.6 lbs (2.6 kg)

SOFTWARE: Open AXCESS Axcess Configuration/Diagnostic Software

OPTIONS

12 VDC power supply

CSB Cable Support Bracket

AC-RK3 Extended Length Axcent3 Rack Kit

AXF-M/S

Axcess Master CardFrame

FG701-K

The AXF-M/S Axcess Master CardFrame remains the ideal solution for simplified system design, adaptation and support. It has 16 front-access card slots that accept slide-in control cards – one for every source controlled.

Choose from nearly 30 types of control cards for virtually any requirement. All cards include LED status indicators, visible through the removable front cover.

The AXF-M/S Master CardFrame, with an AXC-EM Enhanced System Master

Card, acts as a system master and 16-port controller. The AXF-M/S can support a backup AXC-EM in the Master Card 2 slot. Each Server CardFrame adds another 16 control ports to the Master Controller.

CONTROL PORTS

16 front-access control card slots

16 rear-mounted control cable jacks (16-pin)

INCLUDES

AXC-S Server Card to manage CardFrame communication

AXC-EM Enhanced System Master Card included with Master CardFrame

Master Port on rear panel and on AXC-EM

Three AXLink ports (electronically identical)

ENCLOSURE: Rack-mount metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 19.0" x 14.0"

(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm), including rack ears

WEIGHT: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)

AXB-EM232

Enhanced Master/RS-232

Controller

FG5909

The AXB-EM232 Enhanced Master/RS-232 Controller combines Axcess Master processing with one RS-232/422/485 and one RS-232 data port in a single compact enclosure. This master controller is ideal for systems that need the power of Axcess programming, yet only a few control ports. Applications include exhibit laser disc control, voting systems, and an AXLink/RS-232 link in distributed Axcess systems. The AXB-EM232 may be expanded with bus devices and CardFrames.

CONTROL PORTS

One RS-232 port, supports CTS/RTS hardware handshaking

One RS-232/422/485 port

INCLUDES

Integrated master processor and features

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

One AXLink port

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 6.45"

(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 163.8 mm)

WEIGHT:

1.1 lbs (495 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

AXF-S

Axcess Server CardFrame (with AXC-S card)

FG701-K

The AXF-S Axcess Server CardFrame is still the ideal solution for simplified system design, adaptation and support. It has 16 front-access card slots that accept slide-in control cards – one for every source controlled. Choose from nearly 30 types of control cards for virtually any requirement. All cards include

LED status indicators, visible through the removable front cover. Each Server

CardFrame adds another 16 control ports to the Master Controller.

CONTROL PORTS

16 front-access control card slots

16 rear-mounted control cable jacks (16-pin)

INCLUDES

AXC-S Server Card to manage CardFrame communication

Three AXLink ports (electronically identical)

ENCLOSURE: Rack-mount metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 3.5" x 19.0" x 14.0"

(89 mm x 483 mm x 356 mm), including rack ears

WEIGHT: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

A X C E S S C A R D F R A M E S

AXF-MINI

Mini-CardFrame (up to 3 AXC control cards)

FG731

Holding up to three Axcess control cards, the Axcess Mini-CardFrame fits between full CardFrames and Bus Controllers. For example, a system may need a unique combination of control cards located close to a remote camera pan/tilt/lens head. In another, the Mini-CardFrame could add three volume cards to an AXCENT2 system. A distributed system may use the unit for IR, relay and volume control in small meeting rooms. Each Mini-CardFrame adds three control ports to the Central Controller, up to 255 devices. To use as a small, stand-alone Central Controller, add an optional AXC-EM Enhanced

System Master Card to the Master slot.

CONTROL PORTS

Three front-access control card slots

Three rear-mounted control cable jacks (16-pin)

INCLUDES

Integrated AXC-S Server Card to manage CardFrame communication

One AXLink port

ENCLOSURE: Wall- or rack-mount metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.75" x 17.0" x 13.64"

(44.5 mm x 431.8 mm x 346.5 mm)

WEIGHT: 5.5 lbs (2.5 kg)

OPTIONS

AXC-EM Enhanced System Master Card

CSB Cable Support Bracket

AXB-SPE

Server Port Expander (requires AXB-MPE & AXB-MPE+)

FG714

The AXB-SPE Server Port Expander drives 12 independent AXLink wiring runs of up to 3,000 feet each. The Server Port Expander operates from an SPE connection with the AXB-MPE+ Master Port Expander or NXC-ME260 NetLinx

Master260 Card.

CONTROL PORTS

12 independent AXLink bus connections

Data In and Out RJ-11 ports for daisy-chain operation

INCLUDES

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

ENCLOSURE: Rack-Mount, metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.72" x 19.0" x 12.5"

(43.6 mm x 482.6 mm x 317.5 mm)

WEIGHT: 6.0 lbs (2.7 kg)

AXB-MPE+

Master Port Expander (with AXC-EM card)

FG713-10

The AXB-MPE+ Master Port Expander drives 12 independent AXLink wiring runs of up to 3,000 feet each. The Master Port Expander also includes the

AXC-EM Enhanced Master Card for automatic backup processing.

CONTROL PORTS

12 independent AXLink bus connections

Data In and Out RJ-11 ports for daisy-chain operation

INCLUDES

AXC-EM Enhanced Master Card

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

ENCLOSURE: Rack-Mount, metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.72" x 19" x 12.5"

(43.6 mm x 482.6 mm x 317.5 mm)

WEIGHT: 6 lbs (2.7 kg)

OPTIONS

Backup AXC-EM, placed inside AXB-MPE+

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

A X C E S S P R O C E S S O R C A R D S

AXC-EM

Enhanced System Master Card

FG711

Fully compatible with Axcess software, the AXC-EM manages system operation and executes control system programs. This Enhanced Master Card can coordinate the activities of up to 255 different pieces of equipment, such as other control cards, bus controllers and various input devices. These include

AMX Tiltscreens, touch panels, softwire panels, wireless receivers and custom panel interfaces.

APPLICATION

Provides AXCESS Master processing and features to CardFrame

PROCESSOR

Motorola 16-bit M68340

MEMORY

Standard – 64KB; Optional – 256KB

INCLUDES

One status LED for power and AXLink operation

Master Program Port, male DB-9 connector

Setup switch for Master Port baud rate, parity, stop bits, and data bits

AXC-232++

RS-232/422/485 Interface Card

(enhanced functionality)

FG725-10

Many audiovisual and computer-based devices can be remotely controlled using RS-232 or RS-422 commands. The AXC-232++ RS-232/422 Interface

Card can generate virtually unlimited numbers of product/function commands as they are programmed into the AXC-EM Master Card. As needs and technology change, existing cards can be reprogrammed or new cards added, one for each device.

APPLICATION

Advanced RS-232/422/485 data control and receive

CONTROL PORT

RS-232/422/485 port (300-115,200 baud), XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS

INCLUDES

Onboard 32-bit processor and 384KB non-volatile memory

1,000 Byte serial input buffer; 1,000 Byte AXLink buffer

Two status LED indicators for transmit and receive

One setup switch for baud rate, parity, stop bits, and data bits

One micro-jumper for 100 ohm RS-422 termination

One micro jumper for RS-422 or RS-485 operation

POWER: 160 mA @ 12 VDC

DIMENSIONS (HXD): 2.7" x 12.8" (69.3 mm x 325.6 mm)

WEIGHT: 4.8 oz (136.1 g)

AXC-S

CardFrame Server Card

FG705

APPLICATION

Manages communication among control cards in CardFrame

PROCESSOR

Motorola MC68HC705

INCLUDES

One status LED for power and AXLink operation

One front-mounted AXLink jack for local testing of panels and Bus Controllers

Setup switch to set starting device number to CardFrame

A X C E S S D A T A C O N T R O L C A R D S

AXC-232

RS-232/422/485 Interface Card

FG725

Many audiovisual and computer based devices can be controlled remotely by using RS-232 or RS-422 commands. The AXC-232 RS-232/422/485 Interface

Card can generate a virtually unlimited number of product/function commands as they are programmed into the AXC-M Master Card. As needs and technology changes, existing cards can be reprogrammed or new cards added, one for each device.

APPLICATION

RS-232/422/485 data control transmit and receive

CONTROL PORT

RS-232, RS-422/485 data port (300-38,400 baud)

INCLUDES

Two status LED indicators for transmit and receive

One setup switch for baud rate, parity, stop bits, and data bits

One micro-jumper for 100 ohm RS-422 termination

One micro-jumper for RS-422 or RS-485 operation

POWER:

125 mA @12 VDC

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

AXC-X10

X-10 Power Line Interface Card

FG747-K

The X-10 system is a unique way to control various devices in the home by sending the commands throughout the house via the built-in AC wiring. X-10 system modules can turn electric lights on and off, start and stop motors and pumps, open and close drapes, water the lawn, heat up the hot tub, and start the coffee maker. The AXC-X10 X-10 Power Line Interface Card, when used with the X-10 Power Line Interface Module, provides direct control of most X-

10 modules with all the programming features of the AMX Axcess system. The

AXC-X10 can handle up to 256 devices on each system, using all 16 house and unit codes.

APPLICATION

Controls up to 256 devices that accept X-10 power line control commands

CONTROL PORT

X-10 control port

INCLUDES

Three status LEDs for online, transmit, and receive (future version)

X-10 Power Line Interface Module model #TW-523 with cab

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

A X C E S S D A T A C O N T R O L C A R D S

AXC-IR/S

IR/Serial Card

FG740

Most audiovisual devices, such as audio and video cassette recorders, compact disc players and tuners, can be remotely controlled by either infrared (IR) or serial data commands. The AXC-IR/S Infrared Serial Card generates programmed commands specific to each device by manufacturer, model number and function. Up to 128 functions can be programmed into each card.

As needs and technology change, existing cards can be reprogrammed and new cards can be added to the system. One Infrared/Serial Card is required for each device.

APPLICATION

Stores and transmits IR and IR/serial control commands

Commands stored in non-volatile memory

CONTROL PORT

IR control port with IR emitter and IR/serial connections

INCLUDES

One status LED for transmit

One micro-jumper sets card for No Carrier or Normal operation

One CC-IRC or CC-SER control cable

POWER REQUIREMENT: 45mA @ 12 VDC

AXC-MIDI

MIDI Interface Card

(Musical Instrument Digital Interface)

FG745-K

The AXC-MIDI MIDI Interface Card provides control to the following devices for integration with other studio devices such as lights, volume and non-MIDI devices: Music keyboards, mixers, electronic instruments, equalizers, routing switchers, recording/reproducing decks, computers and control systems.

APPLICATION

Controls mixers, equalizers and other devices that use MIDI communication

CONTROL PORTS

MIDI In, Out and Through

INCLUDES

Three status LEDs for MIDI In, Out and Thru Cable for MIDI Out

POWER REQUIREMENT: 20 mA @ 12VDC

AXC-SMP

SMPTE Time Code Card

FG744

Audio/visual events, multi-image presentations and multi-scene lighting events require a standardized method of synchronization for material during presentations and performances. The Society of Motion Picture and Television

Engineers (SMPTE) has formulated an industry-wide standard by creating a digital encoding/decoding process. The AXC-SMP SMPTE Time Code Card can receive time code from any audio source such as videotape, audio reel-toreel and cassette decks. This allows precise, simultaneous operation of Axcess functions and other events.

APPLICATION

Sends and receives SMPTE time codes using line-level audio

1/10 second accuracy

CONTROL PORT

SMPTE input and output

INCLUDES

Two status LEDs for transmit and receive

POWER REQUIREMENT: 45 mA @ 12 VDC

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

A X C E S S C O N T A C T C L O S U R E C A R D S

AXC-INP8

8 Input Card

FG785

The AXC-INP8 Switch Opto Voltage Input Card provides eight inputs that can respond to switch closures or voltage level (high/low) changes. Input signals may originate from tape transports, limit switches, foot mats or the AMX PCS

Power Current Sensor. Each input may be set for either switch closure (SW) or voltage operation (VO), allowing a combination of either application on the same AXC-INP8 card. Inputs set to the switch mode share the same Axcess system ground. When an input is set to voltage mode, it is opto-isolated from the system and can accept AC or either polarity DC signals.

APPLICATION

Receives switch closures or logic high-/low-frequency level changes

CONTROL PORTS

Eight input channels, 28 VDC or 24 VAC maximum

Input closures act as Axcess channel Push or Release

Voltage level below 1.5 V is read as a logic low (Push or On)

Inputs set to voltage operation are opto-isolated

INCLUDES

Eight channel status LEDs

Eight pairs of micro-jumpers change channels from switch to voltage operation

AXC-SLD

Slide Projector Control Card

(US Kodak ® series)

FG720-K

The AXC-SLD Slide Projector Control Card provides commands for forward, reverse, focus in and focus out. With the optional AMX PC1 Power Controller, this card also provides AC Power on/off. Each projector requires one card, and up to 255 slide projectors can be controlled in one system with additional AMX

CardFrames and cards. The AMX-SLD is designed for the Kodak series of slide projectors. It may also be used with compatible models. Two extra AUX relays are provided for additional user controls.

APPLICATION

Relay control of US Kodak-style slide projector

CONTROL PORTS

Five relays for Forward, Reverse, Focus in, Focus out and Power on/off

Two auxiliary relay channels for special applications

INCLUDES

Seven channel status LEDs

One Kodak-style EBY control cable

POWER REQUIREMENT:

50 mA @ 12 VDC (card only)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

A X C E S S C O N T A C T C L O S U R E C A R D S

AXC-REL8

8 Relay Card

FG715

Devices that require a simple momentary or latching contact closure can be controlled with the AXC-REL8 Universal Eight Relay Card. This card can operate up to 8 relay-controlled functions, and cards can be linked together to allow a larger number of functions. Adjacent relays on the card may be selectively commoned to reduce device wiring.

APPLICATION

Universal relay control; eight relays per card

CONTROL PORTS

Eight relays, normally open, rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC

INCLUDES

Eight channel status LEDs

Eight micro-jumpers connect commons between adjacent channels

Eight micro-jumpers change relay contacts from normally open to normally closed

POWER REQUIREMENT:

150 mA @ 12 VDC

AXC-REL14

14 Relay Card

FG716

Devices that require a simple momentary or latching contact closure can be controlled with the AXC-REL14 Universal Fourteen Relay Card. This card operates up to 14 relay-controlled functions in a dual seven-relay configuration. Each section of seven relays on the AXC-REL14 are commoned and both sections may be commoned together.

APPLICATION

Relay control; 14 relays per card, one group of 14 relays or two groups of 7 relays

CONTROL PORTS

14 relays, normally open, rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC

Each group of seven relays shares the same common

INCLUDES

14 channel status LEDs

One micro-jumper connects commons between groups 1-7 and 8-14

POWER REQUIREMENT:

150 mA @ 12 VDC

AXC-SAV

SAV Slide Projector Control Card

(SAV series)

FG721

Kodak SAV series of 35mm slide projectors are very popular presentation devices in the international business community. The AXC-SAV Slide Card provides commands for forward, reverse, focus in, focus out and power.

Two additional relays, Aux 1 and Aux 2, are provided for optional control requirements. The power relay may be used with the AMX PC1 for 110 VAC applications of the AMX UPC20 for 110/220 VAC use.

APPLICATION

Relay control of Kodak SAV-style slide projector

CONTROL PORTS

Five relays for Forward, Reverse, Focus in, Focus out and Power on/off

Two auxiliary relay channels for special applications

INCLUDES

Seven channel status LEDs

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

A U D I O C O N T R O L C A R D S

AXC-VOL

2-Channel Volume Control Card

FG755

The AXC-VOL 2-Channel Volume Control Card provides stereo or dual mono channel control and is programmable for up to 32 preset levels. Ramp speed is also programmable. To accommodate both professional and consumer devices, the card accepts either balanced or unbalanced audio connections. Output levels for each channel can be displayed on AMX Softwire Panels and/or Touch

Panels for monitoring during operation.

APPLICATION

Stereo or two-channel mono opto-isolated line-level audio level control

AUDIO PORTS

Two line-level volume control channels, balanced or unbalanced operation

0 to -72 dB attenuation, 128-step range, THD at less than 0.008[[[%]]]

Nominal input level from -10 to +4 dBm

INCLUDES

Two status LEDs for channel 1 or 2 level change

Two micro-jumpers for 600 ohm termination

Two potentiometers for audio gain adjustment

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

V O L T A G E R A M P C A R D S

AXC-PTI

Pan/Tilt Interface Card

(requires high power DC supply)

FG768

Closed circuit television (CCTV) and teleconferencing applications often require that the audiovisual control system monitor display each camera’s position, as well as move them to cover participants or scenes. The AXC–PTI Pan/Tilt Interface

Card mounts in an AMX CardFrame and controls voltage provided by an external power supply to drive the pan/tilt unit in any direction. Movement commands may also originate from computers, automatic microphone mixers and other sources, as long as they are properly interfaced to an Axcess control system.

APPLICATION

High-current DC motor control of pan/tilt heads with 10-bit, 1,024-step resolution

CONTROL PORTS

Pan and tilt direct motor control from external 24 VDC max power supply, 1 A

Potentiometer inputs to read pan and tilt positioning

INCLUDES

Two status LEDs for channel 1 or 2 level change

One input for 12 or 24 VDC power supply

AXC-VG24

Voltage Ramp Generator Card

(24 VDC)

FG736

APPLICATION

24 VDC ramp control of dimmers, lenses, or small motors, 8-bit,

256-step resolution

CONTROL PORTS

Four DC ramp outputs, 0 to +24 VDC, 10 mA

Four relay channels (optional), rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC

INCLUDES

Four status LEDs for channels 1‹4 level change

Four groups of four potentiometers for voltage center, range for each channel

AXC-VAI2

Voltage Output/Analog Input Card

(2 voltage outputs, 2 analog inputs)

FG737

The AXC-VAI2 Voltage Input/Output Card provides two DC voltage outputs and two DC voltage/potentiometer inputs. Typical applications include the control of

CCTV lenses (DC drive/pot), teleconferencing lenses (voltage reference), or small

DC motors up to 60 mA current. It may be used whenever a DC voltage ramp and/or an analog-to-digital conversion of DC voltage or resistance is required.

APPLICATION

Low-current DC motor control of lenses or motors with 8-bit, 256-step resolution

Supports voltage/reference or potentiometer positioning control

CONTROL PORTS

Zoom and focus direct motor/reference control, -12 to +12 VDC, 60 mA

Potentiometer inputs to read zoom and focus positioning

INCLUDES

Two status LEDs for channel 1 or 2 level change

10 potentiometers for voltage level, range, and centering

Two micro-jumpers select voltage or potentiometer mode for each input channel

One micro-jumper selects center or low positioning on power-up

AXC-VRG4

Voltage Ramp Generator Card

(12 VDC)

FG735

Certain applications require a variable low-current DC voltage to operate light dimmers, camera pan/tilt units and motor speed controls. The AXC-VRG4

Voltage Ramp Generator Card can be programmed to provide a variable voltage ramp from -12 to +12 VDC in 256 discrete steps. Preset positions or voltage levels can be stored for later recall and can be sent to the four independent outputs as required. Potentiometers are included for coarse and fine adjustment of range and level centering. The AMX AXC-EXTN Extender Card is recommended when on-site adjustment is desired.

APPLICATION

12 VDC ramp control of dimmers, lenses, or small motors, 8-bit,

256-step resolution

CONTROL PORTS

Four DC ramp outputs, -12 to +12 VDC, 10 mA

Auxiliary DC on/off output (optional), adjustable to +12 VDC, 10 mA

INCLUDES

Four status LEDs for channels 1D4 level change

Four groups of four potentiometers for voltage center, range for each channel

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

S P E C I A L A P P L I C A T I O N C A R D S

AXC-EXTN

Extender Card

FG760

APPLICATION

Extends any Axcess Control Card for service or testing

Allows installer to troubleshoot operation while card is installed

AXC-TEMP

Temperature Control Card

FG749-K

The AXC-TEMP Temperature Control Card provides control and power for the

RTS1 Room Temperature Sensor. The RTS1 provides precision temperature sensing for the AXT-TEMP.

APPLICATION

Receives data from up to four RTS-1 Room Temperature Sensors

Temperature range of 0° to 250° F (-18° to 120° C)

CONTROL PORTS

Four inputs for RTS-1 sensors

INCLUDES

Four jumpers set each channel for Fahrenheit or Celsius operation

One potentiometer per channel calibrates temperature readings from sensor

One jumper for raw A/D values on all four channels

One RTS-1 sensor

ENCLOSURE:

Metal, off-white finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 4.5" x 2.75" x 9" (114 mm x 70 mm x 23 mm)

WEIGHT: 3.2 oz. (91 g)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

D A T A C O N T R O L L E R S

AXB-232++

RS-232/422 Interface

(enhanced functionality)

FG5761-10

AXB-DTMF+

DTMF Interface

FG946

While this controller can serve as a conventional RS-232/422 control port, it is also able to run its own Axcess application program – an exclusive AMX product feature. Source specific programming, such as video switchers, laserdisc players and video codecs, can be handled by the AXB-232++ to deliver a modular solution for system programming.

CONTROL PORT

RS-232/422/485 port (300-115,200 baud), XON/XOFF, CTS/RTS

BUFFERS

1,000 byte serial input buffer; 1,000 byte AXLink buffer

INDICATORS

Three status LEDs indicate transmit, receive, and AXLink

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 5.45" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

CC-232 Control Cable

The AXB-DTMF+ provides a compete telephone control interface for AMX systems. In addition to the transmission and reception of DTMF tones, the unit can detect whether the line or extension phone is off-hook, recognize distinctive ring patterns, check for incoming calls, and monitor Caller ID data.

CONTROL PORTS

Phone line RJ-11 jack, extension line RJ-11 jack

RCA unbalanced line-level audio in and out with input level adjustment

INCLUDES

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

Micro-jumpers for auto-answer mode and line type

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 6.45"

(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 163.8 mm)

WEIGHT:

1 lb (454 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

AXB-DMX512

DMX512 Interface

FG5927

AXB-IRS4

IR/Serial Interface, 4 Ports

FG5914

The AXB-DMX512 creates a bi-directional DMX512-to-AXLink connection, transmitting and receiving up to 512 DMX channels. Onboard processing and memory create as many as 96 channel groups, eight faders, and 72 presets

(284 by adding extended memory), as well as soft-patch channels. A DMX lighting board can operate in tandem with the AXB-DMX512, generate levels for storing presets, or bypass the AXB-DMX512 for direct control of channels.

CONTROL PORTS

DMX512 transmit and receive

INCLUDES

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

Internal jumper select AXLink or RS-232 operation

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 5.45"

(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 138.4 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

The AXB-IRS4 operates as an AXLink bus device or as an independent RS-232to-IR interface. The four IR ports can be set up for IR or wired serial operation.

Any two ports can send commands at the same time; internal firmware stacks any remaining IR pulses and executes them in sequence. Each unit emulates four AXLink devices.

CONTROL PORTS

Four IR/serial ports

One AXLink or one RS-232 port (300–19,200 baud) to receive external control commands

INCLUDES

Battery-backed IR memory, up to 200 commands per port

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

Two CC-IRC or CC-SER emitters

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

D A T A C O N T R O L L E R S

AXB-MIDI

MIDI Interface

FG5913

AXB-TC

Television Controller

FG5928

The versatile AXB-MIDI can receive data from two independent MIDI IN (A, B) ports to provide automated control of audio mixers, routers and other MIDIcompatible devices. MIDI “IN A" and “IN B" are combined with “THRU" and

“OUT," which can be re-patched under software control. System-generated

MIDI commands are sent to “OUT."

CONTROL PORTS

MIDI IN A, MIDI IN B, MIDI OUT, MIDI THRU

INCLUDES

Five LEDs for AXLink, MIDI A IN, B IN, OUT, and THRU

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 5.45"

(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 138.4 mm)

WEIGHT: 1 lb (454 g)

POWER: 12V DC, 100 mA

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

Extend Axcess control to a television, video projector or any other IR-controlled device with the AXB-TC. This compact, low-cost TV Controller simplifies system operation with onboard logic for power and channel selection.

CONTROL PORTS

IR port for IR emitter or IR serial cable

Input for closure or multi-sync scan sensing (15-75 kHz)

INCLUDES

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

CC-XPS external frequency sensor CC-IRC emitter

Micro-jumper for frequency or closure-sensing input

ENCLOSURE: Molded plastic with black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.29" x 3.33" x 5.34"

(32.7 mm x 84.5 mm x 135.6 mm)

WEIGHT: 6 oz (170 g)

OPTIONS

PCS Power Current Sensor

PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor

VSS2 Video Sync Sensor

SE-TC Security Enclosure

AXB-PCCOM

AXLink to PC Communications

Port Interface

FG5773

The AXB-PCCOM converts commands from a personal computer's RS-232

COM port to AXLink control operations, emulating up to four AXLink panels.

This translates into as many as 1,020 channels and 32 level displays.

CONTROL PORT

One RS-232 port (300-38,400 baud), supports hardware handshaking

INCLUDES

One DB-9 male connector for PC COM port

Setup switches and status LEDs

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.0" x 5.26" x 3.75"

(25 mm x 133.7 mm x 95.3 mm)

WEIGHT: 8.6 oz (244 g)

AXB-TCR

Television Controller/Receiver

FG5928-01

Nearly identical to the AXB-TC, the AXB-TCR includes a low-frequency IR sensor to receive commands from low-frequency AMX wireless IR transmitters.

CONTROL PORTS

IR port for IR emitter or IR serial cable

Input for closure or multi-sync scan sensing (15-75 kHz)

Internal low-frequency (38 kHz) IR sensor for AMX IR transmitters

INCLUDES

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

CC-XPS external frequency sensor

CC-IRC emitter

Micro-jumper for frequency or closure-sensing input

ENCLOSURE: Molded black matte plastic

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.29" x 3.33" x 5.34"

(32.7 mm x 84.5 mm x 135.6 mm)

WEIGHT: 6 oz (170 g)

OPTIONS

PCS Power Current Sensor

PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor

VSS2 Video Sync Sensor

SE-TC Security Enclosure

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

D A T A C O N T R O L L E R S

AXB-TM5

Television Manager (38/455 kHz IR)

FG5690

The AXB-TM5 is an intelligent, microprocessor-controlled, video routing and control system. Mounted near a television monitor or video projector, the

Television Manager provides media source selection and control management via remote control. It acts as a local Axcess controller and receiver for a wireless AMX Touch Panel.

FEATURES

Receives Pioneer IR barcode wand (models LDV-2200 and CLD-2400) commands.

IR control port for television receiver/projector control.

Receives Pioneer IR barcode wand (models LDV-2200 and CLD-2400) commands.

IR control port for television receiver/projector control.

External sensor (CC-XPS) that detects horizontal scanning frequency to determine on/off status, up to 65 kHz.

Four solid-state Input/Output (I/O) ports for local applications.

ENCLOSURE: Plastic with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.27"

(38.1 mm x 129.3 mm x 133.9 mm)

WEIGHT: 11 oz (312 g)

OPTIONS

IRX-SM+/DM+ IR Sensor

PCS/PCS2 Power Current Sensors

AXB-TMC

Television Manager with Clock

FG689-01

The AXB-TMC provides advanced television control, as well as an easy-toread clock complete with a versatile alphanumeric LED display. The characters, at 1.25" tall, can be viewed during the day, as well as programmed to display time and seconds, start a countdown, and write static or scrolling text messages. The built-in RS-232 port can take control of local switchers, projectors and other electronic sources. The port can also be used for direct, external RS-232 control in non-AXLink applications.

CONTROL PORTS

One IR port, with connections for IR emitter or IR/serial One RS-232 port

(300-38,400 baud)

External DB-9 male connector

Four TTL input/output channels Digital frequency scan sensing, from 15-65 kHz Internal high- and low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz)

IR sensors for Axcess IR panels

Data input for remote Axcess IRX- sensors

INCLUDES

Front-panel status LEDs

Protected setup switches (covered by right side bracket)

Programmable response status LED

One CC-XPS external frequency scan sensor

One CC-IRC emitter

CLOCK DISPLAY:

1.2" x 5.4" red LED matrix display shows time of day, count down/up timers, and static or scrolling text

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.74" x 4.06" x 10.63"

(44.2 mm x 103.1 mm x 270 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.2 lbs (544.3 g)

OPTIONS

CS Power Current Sensor

PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor

VSS2 Video Sync Sensor

IRX-SM+ or IRX-SD+ IR sensor increase coverage

TMX-RK Rack Kit

TMX-CB Cable Security Bracket

TMX-SM Flush Mounting Kit

CC-SER IR Serial Cable

CC-232 RS-232 Control Cable

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

D A T A C O N T R O L L E R S A U D I O C O N T R O L L E R S

AXB-VOL3

3-Channel Volume Controller

FG5756

AXB-TMX+

Television Manager

FG689

The AXB-TMX+ provides the same features as the AXB-TMC, but without the clock display. The built-in RS-232 port of the AXB-TMX+ can take control of local switchers, projectors and other electronic sources. It can also be used for direct, external RS-232 control in non-AXLink applications.

CONTROL PORTS

One IR port, with connections for IR emitter or IR/serial

One RS-232 port (300-38,400 baud), external DB-9 male connector

Four TTL input/output channels

Digital frequency scan sensing, from 15-65 kHz

Internal high- and low-frequency (455 kHz or 38 kHz) IR sensors for Axcess IR panels

Data input for remote Axcess IRX- sensors

INCLUDES

Front-panel status LEDs

Protected setup switches (covered by right side bracket)

Programmable response status LED

One CC-XPS external frequency scan sensor

One CC-IRC emitter

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

1.74" x 4.06" x 10.63"

(44.2 mm x 103.1 mm x 270 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.0 lbs (453.5 g)

OPTIONS

PCS Power Current Sensor

PCS2 Dual Power Current Sensor

VSS2 Video Sync Sensor

IRX-SM+ or IRX-SD+ IR sensor increase coverage

TMX-RK Rack Kit

TMX-CB Cable Security Bracket

TMX-SM Flush Mounting Kit

CC-SER IR Serial Cable

CC-232 RS-232 Control Cable

The AXB-VOL3 controls three audio volume channels. Each line-level channel, opto-isolated from system ground, can be configured for balanced or unbalanced line operation. It is programmable for 128 steps of audio level, audio mute, variable ramp speed and level presets.

AUDIO PORTS

Three independent line-level audio in and out ports, balanced or unbalanced

THD of less than 0.008[[[%]]], -72 dB at full attenuation (mute)

INCLUDES

Front-panel setup switches and status LEDs

Resistors for 600 ohm termination

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.45" x 5.45"

(38.4 mm x 141 mm x 138.4 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.1 lbs (499 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

C O N T A C T C L O S U R E S C O N T R O L L E R S

AXB-REL8

Relay Controller

FG5774

The AXB-REL8 controls closure-activated devices, acting as an eight-channel relay control port on the AXLink bus.

CONTROL PORTS

Eight relays, normally open, rated at 750 mA, 28 VAC/24 VDC

INCLUDES

Front-panel device addressing switches and status LEDs

Metal tab strips for communing adjacent relays

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.5" x 5.5" x 5.5" (38 mm x 140 mm x 140 mm)

WEIGHT:

1.1 lbs (499 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

AXB-SLD

Slide Controller

FG5777-10

The AXB-SLD controls the forward, reverse, focus and power functions of any

Kodak Ektagraphic ® or compatible slide projector.

CONTROL PORTS

Four relays, configured for forward/reverse, and compatible with EC-3 remote for focus-in and focus-out

Switched power receptacle for up to 1200 W, 120 VAC

INCLUDES

Front-panel device address switches and status LEDs

Front-panel on/off control button

One Kodak-style EBY projector control cable

ENCLOSURE: Metal with black matte finish

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 1.51" x 5.55" x 5.45"

(38.35 mm x 140.97 mm x 138.43 mm)

WEIGHT: 1.6 lbs (737 g)

OPTIONS

AC-RK Accessory Rack Kit

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

Landmark

Controllers

L A N D M A R K

L A N D M A R K C A R D F R A M E S

PLB-CF10

Cardframe with 10 Card Slots and 16 Port Hub

FG993

FEATURES

Holds up to 10 control cards

Acts as system master with Master Control Card

Operates interactively over high-speed Ethernet connection to system PC with

PHAST software and PLC-MCU Card

Distributes PHASTLink from 15-port PHASTLink data hub

CARD SLOTS

10 rear-access slots

HUB LINK

2 RJ-45 ports to hubs and Cardframes

PHASTLINK

15 RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

DIP SWITCH

Sets Cardframe device number

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25"

(141.2 mm x 435.1 mm x 387.4 mm)

WEIGHT: 19.8 lbs (9.0 kg) (w/o cards)

POWER: 110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 100 mA (w/o cards)

ACCESSORIES

PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")

PLB-CF2

Cardframe with 2 Slots

FG718

FEATURES

Holds up to two control cards

Acts as system master (with MCU card) or adds two control cards to an existing system

Operates interactively over high-speed Ethernet connection to system PC with PHAST software (with MCU card)

Distributes control from PHASTLink ports, supports up to 10 devices and one keypad in Master mode

CARD SLOTS

Two rear-access slots

PHASTLINK

Two RJ-45 ports

DIP SWITCH

Sets Cardframe device number

LED INDICATORS:

Red Link LED on front

Red Power LED on front

Green Data LED on back

Red DIAG (diagnostic) LED on back

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 2.0" x 6.3" x 13.5" (50 mm x 159 mm x 336 mm)

WEIGHT: 3.5 lbs (1.6 kg) w/o card

POWER:

40 mA w/o cards, 1.5 A 12 VDC power supply included

ACCESSORIES

PM-RAC2 PLB-CF2 Rack-Mount Kit (holds 2)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

L A N D M A R K M A S T E R C A R D S

PLC-MCU4

4MB Master Control Card

FG754

APPLICATION

Master system processing and memory one required per system

PHASTLAN

RJ-45 Ethernet 10baseT port to system PC

MEMORY

4MB Flash

4MB SRAM

POWER: 480 mA

L A N D M A R K C O N T R O L C A R D S

PLC-AMX

AMX Emulation Card

FG0751

APPLICATION

Link up to 255 Axcess devices

AXLINK

4-pin AXLink data/power bus

PROGRAM

9-pin male D-Sub programming connector

POWER

130 mA (card itself, additional power may be needed for devices)

PLC-IN7

7-Contact Input Card

FG0741

APPLICATION

Sense closures or TTL voltage changes

INPUTS

1-7: 7 inputs, closure or 0–5 VDC voltage change

POWER

+12 and +5 VDC power for accessories, 1 A max

WIRING

16-pin screw terminal

POWER

25 mA (May need additional power to operate connected devices)

PLC-IRIN

IR Input Card

FG0729

APPLICATION

Accepts Landmark IR commands from up to 3 sensors

IR IN 1–3

Three inputs for industry-standard IR sensors

WIRING

Three 3-pin screw terminals for sensor data and power

POWER

45 mA

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

L A N D M A R K C O N T R O L C A R D S

PLC-IROUT

IR Output Card

FG0734

APPLICATION

Control of IR-format sources

PORTS 1-4

4 outputs, IR or wired IR up 10 MHz

WIRING

4 mini-phono jacks for emitter or wired IR cable

POWER

75 mA

PLC-RL8

8-Relay Card

FG0722

APPLICATION

Control closure-activated sources

RELAYS 1-8

8 dry-contact relays, 1 A @ 30 VDC

JUMPERS

Set relays to NC/NO operation

WIRING

6-pin screw terminal

POWER

360 mA

PLC-SER

Dual Port RS-232 / Single Port

RS-485 Card

FG0739

APPLICATION

Bi-directional serial control

PORT 1

RS-232/422/485, 300-56,000 baud, CTS/RTS

PORT 2

RS-232, 300-56,000 baud, CTS/RTS

WIRING

2 9-pin male D-Sub connectors

POWER

80 mA

L A N D M A R K E X P A N S I O N F R A M E

PLB-HUB2

Modular Expansion Frame

FG990-10

FEATURES

• Accepts up to three PHAST hub-style cards

• Includes 300W power supply and advanced power conditioning

HUB SLOTS: 3

DIMENSIONS (HWD): 5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25"

(141 mm x 435 mm x 387 mm)

WEIGHT: 16.2 lbs (7.3 kg)

POWER: 110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz

Internal 12 VDC conditioned power supply, 13 A max

ACCESSORIES

PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

L A N D M A R K H U B A N D A V M A T R I X C A R D S

PLH-MIC

Microphone Hub Card, 8 PHASTLink and MIC Ports

FG936

FEATURES

Supports up to eight PHASTLink wiring runs, each running up to 1000 feet, with up to 10 devices per port

Receives balanced-line audio from PLK-DMS and PLK-IMS LCD keypads, using one keypad per PHASTLink port

Transmits unbalanced line-level audio to PHAST audio switcher

Links to PHAST Cardframe and other hub cards via Hub In and Hub Out ports

HUB IN AND OUT

RJ-45 Hub In port

One RJ-45 Hub Out port

PHASTLINK 1-8

Eight RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

MIC 1-8

RCA female line-level audio output

PLH-VS8

8X8 Composite Video Switch, 8 VSS inputs

FG901

FEATURES

Routes eight video inputs to eight video outputs

Distributes any input to any combination of outputs while maintaining signal level

Cascades with other PLH-VS8 cards in the same enclosure to provide 16x16 or

24x24 video matrix switching

Senses presence of video at each input to act as a trigger for system events

Links to PHAST system over PHASTLink data bus

VIDEO IN

Eight RCA female video inputs

VIDEO OUT

Eight RCA female video outputs

PHASTLINK

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

PLH-RPT

Hub Card, 15 PHASTLink Ports

FG0937

FEATURES

Supports up to 15 PHASTLink wiring runs, each running up to 1,000 feet of CAT-

5 cable, driving up to 10 devices

Links to PHAST CardFrame and other hub cards via Hub In and Hub Out ports

HUB IN AND OUT

One RJ-45 Hub In port

One RJ-45 Hub Out port

PHASTLINK 1-15

15 RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

L A N D M A R K H U B A N D A V M A T R I X C A R D S

PLB-AS8

8x8 Stereo Audio Switch

FG991-10

FEATURES

Routes eight stereo line-level audio inputs to eight stereo line-level outputs

Distributes any input to any combination of outputs

Full pre-amp control for volume, balance, mute, loudness, bass, and treble for each channel

Senses presence of signal at each input to act as a trigger for system events

Provides interactive control and feedback with PHAST system

INPUTS

16 RCA line-level inputs

OUTPUTS

16 RCA line-level outputs

PHASTLINK

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25" 3 RU (141.2 mm x 435.7 mm x 387.4 mm)

WEIGHT:

16.7 lbs (7.58 kg)

POWER:

110/220 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 208 mA

ACCESSORIES

PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")

PLB-AS16

16x16 Stereo Audio Switch

FG992-10 (110V)

FG992-11 (220V)

FEATURES

Routes 16 stereo line-level audio inputs to 16 stereo line-level outputs

Distributes any input to any combination of outputs

Full pre-amp control for volume, balance, mute, loudness, bass, and treble for each channel

Senses presence of signal at each input to act as a trigger for system events

Provides interactive control and feedback with PHAST system

INPUTS

32 RCA line-level inputs

OUTPUTS

32 RCA line-level outputs

PHASTLINK

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25"

(141.2 mm x 435.7 mm x 387.4 mm)

WEIGHT:

18.4 lbs (8.3 kg)

POWER:

110 or 220 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 204 mA

ACCESSORIES

PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")

PLB-AMP8

8-Channel Audio Amplifier

FG990

FEATURES

Provides eight amplified audio channels in four stereo pairs, 63 watts RMS per channel

Accepts line-level audio inputs

Responds to PHASTLink commands for output level and muting

Displays channel level on rear-panel display

Channel select and level buttons allow local gain adjustment

Saves master gain levels in memory to balance outputs or limit gain

Stable output into four ohms

CHANNELS:

Eight

LEVEL STEPS:

100-step resolution

MANUAL SETUP:

LED level display, channel select, level buttons

AUDIO 1-8 INPUTS:

Eight RCA female phono jacks

SPEAKER 1-8 OUTPUTS:

Eight Terminal speaker binding posts

WIRING:

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

S/N RATIO:

> 92db

THD:

< .03[[%]]

OUTPUT POWER:

63 watts RMS per channel (8 ohms)

RESPONSE:

20 Hz to 20 kHz

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

5.56" x 17.13" x 15.25" (141.2 mm x 435.1 mm x 387.4 mm)

WEIGHT:

37.4 lbs (16.96 kg)

POWER:

110/120 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 4.2 A

ACCESSORIES

PM-RAC Rack-Mount Kit, requires 3 rack spaces (5.25")

L A N D M A R K B U S B O X C O N T R O L L E R

PMB-TCC

Television Control Center

FG692

Includes cables.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

PMB-IRI

Mini IR Input Box

FG0634

Includes cables.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

L A N D M A R K K E Y P A D S

PLK-DMS

Direct Menu Select Keypad

FG2405-01

FG2405-02

FG2405-03

FG2405-04

White

Black

Ivory

Almond

Displays multiple pages of menus under program control offering new control options, lists of CD titles, time, date, temperature and other applications.

FEATURES

Scrolls through lists from two up and down arrow buttons

Selects menu options from six buttons alongside the menu

Accesses lighting on/off, dimming and other programmable functions from the large LED button

Provides audio to intercom from internal condenser microphone (requires a discrete home-run cable per panel and additional audio components)

Includes built-in temperature sensor

Links to Landmark and NetLinx systems over PHASTLink data bus

MENU TEXT

Large (approx. 10 characters, 6 lines)

Small (approx. 15 characters, 12 lines)

WIRING:

2 RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

FACEPLATE DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.5" x 3.44" x 0.31" (65 mm x 88 mm x 8 mm)

BACK BOX DIMENSIONS (HWD):

2.56" x 2.0" x 1.5" (65 mm x 51 mm x 38 mm)

WEIGHT:

4.6 oz (130 g)

POWER:

150 mA, Supplied by PHASTLink

PLK-DIAG

Landmark DMS Diagnostic Keypad

FG2405-20

PLK-SB

1-and 2-Button Flush Mount Keypads

FG2406-10

FG2406-11

FG2406-12

White Decora style

Black Decora style

Ivory Decora style

SIMPLE SOLUTION

Some areas of the home and office require just a simple touch of control. The

PLK-SB Keypad from AMX provides a convenient, versatile, cost-effective option for achieving effortless control of virtually anything through an AMX

Control System. AMX Keypads are ideal for basic control features, offering the end user a simple-to-understand control and automation solution.

SYSTEM READY

Fully interactive with the AMX Control System, the PLK-SB Keypad communicates over the ICSNet and PHASTLink control networks. The NetLinx module required for ICSNet use is available for download from www.amx.com.

The keypad networks with connected devices to deliver instant control of lights, automated window treatments, thermostats, audio/video components, intercoms and more. Programmed presets and macros can be incorporated for added luxury of home and efficiency in the office. (Downloadable NetLinx Module required / Landmark ready)

FEATURES

Interacts with AMX systems, launching automated response from button press and release, with LED on/off feedback

Can be used as 1-button or 2-button style — all plastics included for on-site configuration

Each button contains a programmable LED that may be used to indicate on or off state

Decora-style form factor

Uses standard Decora-style face plates (not included)

Available in white, black or ivory

Connects to AMX Control Systems over ICSNet/PhASTLink interface

WIRING

Two (2) RJ-45 ICSNet ports

POWER:

30 mA

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.23" x 1.67" x 0.85"

(10.74 mm x 4.24 mm x 2.15 mm)

WEIGHT:

0.15 oz (7 g)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

L A N D M A R K K E Y P A D S

PLK-MSP8

Decor 8-Button Mini-Softwire Panel

PFG790-08

PFG790-09

PFG790-10

White Decora style

(1 bargraph, 1 gang)

Black Decora style

(1 bargraph, 1 gang)

Ivory Decora style

(1 bargraph, 1 gang)

FEATURES

Provides up to eight control buttons with LED feedback and one 8-segment LED bargraph display.

Mounts into most US-style single-gang wall boxes

Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network

INCLUDES

Custom engraving

Button layout

Overlay

WIRING

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

POWER:

47 mA, supplied by PHASTLink

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.7" x 2.9" x 1.55" (119 mm x 74 mm x 46 mm)

WEIGHT:

3 oz (90 g)

PLK-MSP32

Decor 32-Button Mini-Softwire Panel

(3 bargraphs, 3 gang)

PFG790-32

PFG790-33

PFG790-34

White Decora style

(3 bargraph, 3 gang)

Black Decora style

(3 bargraph, 3 gang)

Ivory Decora style

(3 bargraph, 3 gang)

FEATURES

Provides up to 32 control buttons with LED feedback and three 8-segment LED bargraph displays

Mounts into most US-style three-gang wall boxes

Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network

INCLUDES

Custom engraving

Button layout

Overlay

WIRING

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

POWER:

130 mA, supplied by PHASTLink

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.7" x 6.6" x 1.55" (119 mm x 170 mm x 46 mm)

WEIGHT:

6 oz (170 g)

PLK-MSP16

Decor 16-Button

Mini-Softwire Panel

PFG790-16 White Decora style

(2 bargraph, 2 gang)

PFG790-17 Black Decora style

(2 bargraph, 2 gang)

PFG790-18 Ivory Decora style

(2 bargraph, 2 gang)

FEATURES

Provides up to 16 control buttons with LED feedback and two 8-segment LED bargraph displays

Mounts into most US-style two-gang wall boxes

Connects to ICSNet or PHASTLink control network

INCLUDES

Custom engraving

Button layout

Overlay

WIRING

Two RJ-45 PHASTLink ports

POWER:

85 mA, supplied by PHASTLink

DIMENSIONS (HWD):

4.7" x 4.8" x 1.55" (119 mm x 121 mm x 46 mm)

WEIGHT:

5 oz (130 g)

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

L A N D M A R K R E C E I V E R S

PMB-RF

RF Receiver Box

PFG784-315

PFG784-418

PFG784-433

315 MHz

418 MHz

433 MHz

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

L A N D M A R K A C C E S S O R I E S

PLH-BLANK

Hub Card Blank Plate

FG996

PM-RAC

Large Chassis Rack Mount Kit

FG529

PM-RAC2

PLB-CF2 Rack Mount Kit

FG500

Holds 2 CardFrames

PM-RSH2

Additional PLB-CF2 Shelf for PM-RAC2

FG500-10

C I N E M A S Y S T E M S

PLS-CNMA

Landmark Home Theater

FG821-315

FG821-418

315 MHz

418 MHz

FG821-433 433 MHz

INCLUDES

Mini Cardframe (PLB-CF2)

Master Control Unit (PLC-MCU4)

IR output card (PLC-IROUT)

RF receiver (PMB-RF)

ViewPoint (VPT-CP)

Television controller (PMB-TCC)

Six IR Emitters

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

S A M M O D U L E S

PMBSAM

PFG636-09

PFG636-33

PFG636-34

PFG636-35

PFG636-36

PFG636-38

PFG636-39

PFG636-40

PFG636-41

PFG636-42

PFG636-43

PFG636-45

PFG636-46

PFG636-47

PFG636-48

PFG636-49

PFG636-50

PFG636-13

PFG636-14

PFG636-15

PFG636-16

PFG636-20

PFG636-21

PFG636-22

PFG636-23

PFG636-25

PFG636-26

PFG636-27

PFG636-28

PFG636-29

PFG636-30

PFG636-31

PFG636-32

PFG636-53

PFG636-56

PFG636-57

PFG636-58

PFG636-59

PFG636-61

PFG636-62

PFG636-63

EXTRON Switcher Serial Access Module

AUTOPATCH Serial Access Module

B&W (CASA) Serial Access Module

ROTEL (B&W) Serial Access Module

RGB SPECTRUM Serial Access Module

MADRIGAL Internally installed

LEXICON Serial Access Module

YAMAHA Serial Access Module

PARASOUND Serial Access Module

ESCIENT TUNEBASE Serial Access Module

PIONEER Serial Access Module

CALIFORNIA AUDIO LABS Serial Access Module

COMPOOL Serial Access Module

DENON Serial Access Module

JBL Serial Access Module

MCINTOSH Serial Access Module

TOUCHPLATE Serial Access Module

LITETOUCH LIGHTING Serial Access Module

GENTNER Serial Access Module

MERIDIAN Serial Access Module

DENON AVR Serial Access Module

ONKYO Serial Access Module

FUJITSU Serial Access Module

LIGHTOLIER Serial Access Module

FAROUDJA Serial Access Module

RUNCO Serial Access Module

HITACHI Serial Access Module

INTEGRA Serial Access Module

INTEGRA RESEARCH Serial Access Module

RUSSOUND Serial Access Module

SELECO Serial Access Module

SHARP Serial Access Module

S&W INTERPOLATOR Serial Access Module

ADA CINEMA REFERENCE Serial Access Module

KENWOOD Serial Access Module

CARRIER Serial Access Module

LANSONIC Serial Access Module

ANTHEM Serial Access Module

ARRAKIS 2-WAY Serial Access Module

IMERGE Serial Access Module

REQUEST Serial Access Module

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

PFG636-64

PFG636-65

PFG636-66

PFG636-67

PFG636-68

PFG636-69

PFG636-70

PFG636-71

PFG636-72

S A M M O D U L E S

FOCUS ENHANCEMENTS Serial Access Module

ARRAKIS DC6 Serial Access Module

LINN KIVOR Serial Access Module

EUROPLEX ADPLEX Serial Access Module

MBOX Serial Access Module

ESCIENT FIREBALL/TUNEBASE 200

Serial Access Module

MEDIA ACCESS SOLUTIONS Serial Access Module

(MAX-MMS, MAX-IMS)

ESCIENT POWERPLAY Serial Access Module

VANTAGE Serial Access Module

NOTE: SAM Modules ordered through other manufacturers.

Lutron Homeworks and Homeworks Interactive

Order through Lutron 800-523-9466

Vantage

Order through Vantage 801-229-2800

Napco

Order through Napco 631-842-9137

Europlex and Europlex Adplex

Order through ITS 770-643-1583

Jandy

Order through Jandy 707-776-8200

Kits

PFG637-57

PFG637-58

Landmark Carrier Comfort

(Includes AXB-EM232, PMBSAM)

Landmark Carrier VVT3 I

(Includes AXB-EM232, PMBSAM)

SAM-IR

PFG693-01

PFG693-02

PFG693-03

PFG693-04

PFG693-05

MARANTZ

TAG MCCLAREN

KENWOOD

YAMAHA

LOEWE TV

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

MX

Controllers

M X S I N G L E P R O J E C T O R C O N T R O L L E R S

MX2

Fwd, Rev

FG252-10

Includes

MX2TX Transmitter

- Dimensions (HWD): 5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 38 mm)

- Weight: 3.2 oz (91 g)

MX2 Wireless Receiver

- Frequency: 304 MHz standard

- Power: Powered by US Kodak style slide projector

- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)

- Weight: 11.2 oz (318 g)

Two AAA alkaline batteries

Molded carrying case

Options

MXPS 13.5 VAC power supply

MX3

Fwd, Rev, On/Off

FG255-10

INCLUDES

MX3TX Transmitter

- Dimensions (HWD): 5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 38 mm)

- Weight: 3.2 oz (91 g)

MX3 Wireless Receiver

- Frequency: 304 MHz standard

- Power: Powered by US Kodak style slide projector

- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 128 mm)

- Weight: 19.5 oz (553 g)

Two AAA alkaline batteries

Molded carrying case

OPTIONS

MXPS 13.5 VAC power supply

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

MX4

Fwd, Rev, Focus In/Out

FG257-10

INCLUDES

MX4TX Transmitter

- Dimensions (HWD): 5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 38 mm)

- Weight: 3.2 oz (91 g)

MX4 Wireless Receiver

- Frequency: 304 MHz standard

- Power: One US power outlet, 110 VAC 50/60 Hz only

- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)

- Weight: 19.8 oz (562 g)

Two AAA alkaline batteries

Molded carrying case

MX4A

Fwd, Rev, Focus In/Out,

On/Off

FG528-10

INCLUDES

MX4ATX Transmitter

- Dimensions (HWD): 5.4" x 1.8" x 1.5" (137 mm x 46 mm x 38 mm)

- Weight: 3.2 oz (91 g)

MX4A Wireless Receiver

- Frequency: 304 MHz standard

- Power: One US power outlet, 110 VAC 50/60 Hz only

- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)

-

Weight: 19.8 oz (562 g)

Two AAA alkaline batteries

Molded carrying case

M X D U A L P R O J E C T O R C O N T R O L L E R

MX12

Fwd, Rev, Focus In/Out,

On/Off, Dual Fwd,

Dual Rev - Two Projectors

FG251-10

INCLUDES

MX12TX Transmitter

- Dimensions (HWD): 5.3" x 2.9" x 0.8" (134 mm x 77 mm x 19 mm)

- Weight: 4 oz (113 g) with batteries

MX12 Wireless Receiver

- Frequency: 304 MHz standard

- Power: Two US power outlets, 110 VAC 50/60 Hz only

- Dimensions (HWD): 1.5" x 5.1" x 5.1" (38 mm x 129 mm x 129 mm)

- Weight: 24 oz (680 g)

Two N-size, 1.5-volt alkaline batteries

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

M X M O B I L E W I R E L E S S M O U S E

MX-MM

Mobile Mouse (PC only)

FG5650

T R A N S M I T T E R S O N L Y

MX12TX

12 Buttons, 12 Functions

FG290-04

M X A C C E S S O R I E S

MX-PS

Power Supply

FG423-60 13.5 VAC 520 mA (for MX2 and MX4 series)

MX8

RF Relay Receiver, 8 Relays

FG682-20

INCLUDES

16-Button Transmitter (TXC16+)

Power supply (MX-PS)

MX16

RF Relay Receiver, 16 Relays

FG683-20

INCLUDES

16-Button Transmitter (TXC16+)

Power supply (MX-PS)

MX8-IRX

IR Relay Receiver, 8 Relays

FG682-21

INCLUDES

16-Button Transmitter (TXC16+)

Decor IR Sensor (IRX-DM+)

Power supply (MX-PS)

MX16-IRX

IR Relay Receiver, 16 Relays

FG683-21

INCLUDES

16-Button Transmitter (TXC16+)

Decor IR Sensor (IRX-DM+)

Power supply (MX-PS)

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

Training

A M X U N I V E R S I T Y

LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES

To effectively meet your business needs and accommodate your schedule, AMX

University offers a variety of learning opportunities that will enhance your knowledge of

AMX products.

Classroom Learning – Experience an interactive hands-on environment facilitated on-site by world-class AMX instructors.

Live Online Learning – Take advantage of the benefits of classroom instruction from the convenience of your desk. These online courses are taught in small segments for self-paced comprehension. No travel is required.

On Demand Online Learning – A wide range of topics are available 24 hours a day in small segments. Pick and choose as you like, covering areas of control that matter most to you and your business.

On Demand CD Learning – An on-the-go learning tool without the need for an Internet connection. Simply load the CD onto your PC for anywhere, any time access.

Online Tests – Complete the online written tests to become officially certified.

Visit the AMX University section of the AMX Website (www.amx.com) for more details.

Log in and go to Dealers / Tech Center / Training.

AVAILABLE COURSES

On-site and off-site courses are designed with you in mind, transferring some of the most complex technology available into understandable, skill-building pieces.

NetLinx Studio, Version 2.0

Live Online Learning for Installers and Programmers.

This one-hour seminar for existing NetLinx Studio users introduces the Version

2.0 user interface and demonstrates three of the powerful new features.

Prerequisite: None.

NetLinx Studio for New Users (Part I and Part II)

Live Online Learning for Installers and Programmers.

Each 1_ -hour session covers essential parts of NetLinx Studio needed to program

AMX Control Systems.

These sessions will prepare you for the NetLinx Studio Version 2.0 quiz prerequisite requirement.

Prerequisite: None.

Introduction to IREdit

Live Online Learning for Installers and Programmers.

Find, edit, and view IR files faster and more easily. This one-hour seminar on

IREdit software introduces the user interface and demonstrates key features.

Prerequisite: None.

TPDesign4 Time Saving Tips

Live Online Learning for Designers of AMX Touch Panels with G4 capability.

This one-hour seminar on TPDesign4 covers time saving features that will increase your productivity in TPDesign4 projects. Advanced concepts are covered including: working with system templates, property search, drag and drop properties, and button layout tools.

Prerequisite: Online TPDesign4 tutorial.

How to Build Custom Templates and Palettes in TPD4

Live Online Learning for Designers of AMX Touch Panels with G4 capability.

Build panels faster with less duplication of work. In this one-hour seminar, you will learn how to modify, load, and save custom color palettes as well as build custom templates.

Prerequisite: Online TPDesign4 tutorial.

TPD4 Dynamic Images

Live Online Learning for Designers of AMX Touch Panels with G4 capability.

In this one-hour seminar, you will learn how to use dynamic images that automatically update whenever a referenced file is updated.

Prerequisite: Online TPD4 tutorial.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

Basics of Control

On Demand Online Learning for new Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales

Professionals and Consultants.

This one-hour Web-based course presents the fundamentals of control. The goals of a control system are identified along with the appropriate type of control system

(single or multiple masters) for your customer's needs. You will learn how to ask the right questions when designing a control system and be able to identify the appropriate types of control when presented with a control scenario.

Basics of Control is a prerequisite to all AMX courses.

Introduction to Networks

On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales

Professionals and Consultants.

This 30-minute web-based course introduces critical concepts and definitions related to networks. You will gain an understanding of basic networking terms and how they apply to a control system, as well as learn how to communicate with the client's network administrator to identify the networking needs for the control system.

Prerequisite: None.

Axcess & NetLinx Products

On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales

Professionals and Consultants.

This 30-minute prerequisite Web-based course provides you with an overview of

Axcess and NetLinx product lines. You will learn about control system components, user interfaces, master processors and other essential aspects of control that will prove beneficial and relevant for future classroom training experiences.

Prerequisite: None.

Control Networks

On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales

Professionals and Consultants.

NetLinx systems communicate using four communication networks: AXlink,

ICSNet, ICSHub, and 10/100BaseT Ethernet. This 30-minute prerequisite Webbased course focuses on how each network is used and their differences. You will learn the differences in control and data networks and be able to identify the appropriate use and limitations of each type of control network.

Prerequisite: None.

Quest for Power

On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales

Professionals and Consultants.

This 30-minute Web-based course, you will learn about system power requirements, placing power supplies, determining maximum length and voltage drop calculations, as well as the steps to calculating power for complex systems.

Upon completion, you will be able to determine the voltage drop in a run of devices, determine the maximum distance you can place a device from the power source, and determine where to place power supplies.

Prerequisite: None.

KPDesign Tutorial

On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Programmers, Sales

Professionals and Consultants.

This one-hour Web-based tutorial is designed to give you the skills needed to design and program DMS and IMS keypads for use in Landmark or NetLinx systems. You will identify the five areas of the KPDesign user interface, use the

Preferences dialog to set configuration options, build a DMS panel with pages, create and assign channels to page items, modify existing items, use Power

Assign to set the channels of multiple items at one time, add a KPD file to a

NetLinx project, and configure NetLinx code to use a DMS-IMS module.

Prerequisite: None.

TPDesign4 Tutorial

On Demand Online Learning for Designers of AMX Touch Panels with G4 capability.

This two-hour Web-based tutorial introduces key features and the necessary skills to design Touch Panel pages in TPDesign4 for new G4 panels from AMX, which include the 12” and 15” Modero Touch Panels, the 7” and 17” Modero

Widescreens, and the 7.5” and 8.4” Modero ViewPoints. G4 is the latest graphics engine that displays the richest colors, sharpest clarity and deepest contrast, as well as the ability to incorporate animated and translucent images, graphics and icons. This tutorial will walk you through the steps in creating several panel pages from a full Touch Panel project.

Prerequisite: None.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

A M X U N I V E R S I T Y

AMX Designer

On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Sales Professionals and Consultants.

After completing this two-hour Web-based course, you will be able to design and document a basic AMX Control System. Using the provided AMX tools you will be able to identify and practice the four steps involved in designing a Control System.

You will get to practice the steps with two independent scenarios that will also prepare you for the certification exam.

Prerequisites: Basics of Control, Axcess & NetLinx Products, Introduction to

Networks, Control Networks, Quest for Power.

Introduction to AMX Programming

On Demand Online Learning for new Programmers, Tech Support Personnel and Installers.

Interested in learning NetLinx and Axcess programming? This three-hour prerequisite Web-based course is for newcomers with the desire to learn the principles of programming, channel characteristics and debugging, as well as IR and analog characteristics. This course is a must for anyone who wants to learn

Axcess or NetLinx programming, but has no prior experience with our systems or any other programming language. It is taught entirely in Axcess, but the skills also apply to NetLinx. The equivalent of this class is offered as instructor led.

Prerequisites: Basics of Control, NetLinx Studio 2.0 Quiz, Axcess & NetLinx Product.

Introduction to MAX by AMX

On Demand Online Learning for Designers, Installers, Tech Support Personnel,

Sales Professionals and Consultants.

This 10-minute overview identifies the configurations and components of MAX

Integrated Content Servers, including the process of loading media, interconnecting the MAX system, an connecting the MAX servers to a control system. You will also become familiar with the WinMax software.

Prerequisite: None.

TPDesign3 User Interface Design

Classroom Learning for Designers of AMX User Interfaces.

Attend this one-day course to learn how to create a user interface using the

TPDesign3 software and apply AMX Style Guide recommendations to your design.

This course teaches you the steps necessary to prepare for a project – working with pages, buttons, and pop-ups – as well as project completion. Use TPDesign3 for G3 panels from AMX, which include the 10.4”, 6” and 4” Touch Panels, as well as the 1-way and 2-way Viewpoints.

Prerequisite: None.

TPDesign4 User Interface Design

Classroom Learning for Designers of AMX User Interfaces.

Interested in providing your customers with the best Touch Panel designs and graphics? This two-day course teaches you how to create a user interface design using the advanced TPDesign4 software functions. You will be able to identify the customer’s needs for the design of the panel, use the AMX Style Guide as a foundation for good design decisions, create a design using the TPD4 software, as well as use advanced TPD4 functions including animation and tweening. The first day focuses and the core skills needed to create panels. The second day is optional and moves on to more advanced features including color palettes, time saving tips, tweening and animations.

Prerequisite: None.

AMX Installer

Classroom Learning for Installers and anyone who troubleshoots control systems.

This four-day instructor-led course focuses on the fundamentals of installing a

NetLinx and Axcess Control System. You will develop a project in NetLinx Studio, build cables, upgrade from an Axcess to NetLinx, and troubleshoot a system.

Participation in this course provides you the opportunity to take the AMX Installer

Certification Exam.

Prerequisites include: Basics of Control, Introduction to Networks, Axcess &

NetLinx Products, Control Networks, Quest for Power and Essentials of A/V (ICIA -

Recommended but not Required).

AMX Programmer I

Classroom Learning for AMX Control System Programmers and Tech Support Personnel.

This five-day course teaches the basic techniques for programming an AMX

Control System.

A person completing this course will be able to program channels, levels, and strings related to AMX devices. You will also use basic techniques to troubleshoot programming errors in a NetLinx program.

Prerequisites: Basics of Control, NetLinx Studio 2.0 Quiz, Introduction to AMX

Programming, Axcess & NetLinx Products, PC proficiency

Recommended: Introduction to Networks, Control Networks, TPDesign3 User

Interface Design or knowledge of software, User Interface, Essentials of A/V.

AMX Programmer II

Classroom Learning for intermediate level AMX Programmers.

If you have attended and completed AMX Programmer I, this is the next step. This five-day course offers an intermediate level of programming. You will leave with a strong understanding of NetLinx Control Systems and how to incorporate Internet

Inside applications for expanded control system capabilities.

Participation in this course provides you the opportunity to take the AMX

Programmer Certification Exam. Upon successful completion of the AMX

Programmer exam, the student will become a Certified AMX Programmer (A.C.E.).

Prerequisite: AMX Programmer I or equivalent experience (verification of experience is required). It is highly recommended that all students have a NetLinx

Master (NXC-ME or NXC-ME260) available for their use in completing the

Programmer Certification Practical after attending class.

AMX Programmer III

Classroom Learning for people who are advanced level certified AMX

Programmers.

This three-day course focuses on advanced techniques for programming an AMX

Control System. A person completing this course will be able to expand the capabilities of a control system using advanced programming concepts. This is a workshop where you will discuss solutions to enable better programming.

Prerequisite: AMX Programmer Certification.

Landmark Certification

Classroom Learning for Landmark Designers, Installers and Programmers.

This five-day course is for all experienced Engineers and Installers interested in learning design, systems programming and the process of installing and troubleshooting Landmark Systems. All dealers require this course before installing their first Landmark job. It covers design, installation, troubleshooting and systems programming. You will acquire an understanding of wiring protocols and terminations along with an overview of Landmark hardware. This is also a prerequisite for our Advanced Landmark programming class.

Prerequisites: Must be a Landmark Dealer, Basics of Control, Quest for Power,

Control Networks, KPDesign Tutorial.

Design XPress for NetLinx Studio

Classroom Learning for Residential Dealers familiar with designing and installing

Landmark Control Systems and the desire to learn how to design and install

NetLinx Control Systems using Design XPress.

This 2-day course will introduce and foster a working knowledge of the Design

XPress software. Through extensive hands-on practice you will gain the necessary experience needed to design and create a NetLinx Control System using Design

XPress. If you know how to design and install Landmark Control Systems and want to expand to NetLinx Control Systems, this course is for you.

Prerequisites: AMX Designer , KPDesign Tutorial, Introduction to AMX Programming.

Design XPress - Home Theater

Classroom Learning for Residential Dealers familiar with designing and installing

Landmark Control Systems and desire to learn how to design and install NetLinx

Control Systems using Design XPress. (2 days)

If you know how to design and install Landmark Control Systems for home theaters and want to expand to NetLinx Control Systems, this course is for you.

Through extensive hands-on practice you will gain the necessary experience needed to design, and create an AMX Control System for a Home Theater using

Design XPress.

Prerequisites: AMX Designer , KPDesign Tutorial, Introduction to AMX

Programming.

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

Professional Services

P R O F E S S I O N A L S E R V I C E S G R O U P

Audiovisual and energy management control systems are more complex than ever. The integration of traditional systems with network-based capabilities and subsystems are increasingly sophisticated. No matter the application, commercial or residential, achieving success for your business requires a highly skilled staff or a trusted partner to assist your needs. There is no better solution than AMX Professional Services Group (PSG). We do this for a living.

EXPERT SOLUTIONS

PSG is staffed with industry leading, network skilled control system professionals. Our mission is to provide our customers the critical services needed in the design, development, and provisioning of world-class control systems for commercial and residential markets. PSG maintains a team of professionals with over 100 years of collective experience in the delivery of control solutions. This deep knowledge base represents a competitive advantage for your business. Our proven business processes and methodologies for control solution design and implementation are valuable additions to a company’s practices, allowing for greater focus on strategic business. Combine this with our core competencies and services, and your range of control solutions become limitless.

THE PSG ADVANTAGE

PSG provides services throughout North America, with system designers and programmers available at AMX Headquarters and Direct Offices. To find out more about how the PSG team can assist you with our value added services, please contact the nearest AMX location.

AMX Headquarters

3000 Research Drive

Richardson, Texas 75082

800.432.6943

AMX East

108 Welsh Road

Horsham, PA 19044

800.462.6946

AMX West

3187 H Airway Avenue

Costa Mesa, CA 92626

800.562.6956

CORE COMPETENCIES

PSG’s abilities to provide world-class solutions are supported by our vast knowledge of the control industry. Couple this with a broad skill base and you have what it takes to be successful at designing and delivering on project commitments.

A sampling of PSG’s core competencies include:

A/V System Design Review

Control System Installation and Configuration

Control Module/Device Driver Development

Control System Design

NetLinx/Axcess Programming

Touch Panel Design

Project Management

Installation and Integration

SERVICE OFFERINGS

Having all the right skills is only a piece of the solution. In order to be recognized as world class, a company must be able to deliver this knowledge in a tangible fashion. At

AMX, the PSG team has developed a set of services that compliments our core competencies, allowing us to bring control solutions to fruition.

Today these service offerings include:

Request for Quote Response (Control Hardware and Software)

Control System Design and Documentation

Project Management

User Interface Design

Programming (Touch Panel, Control Logic and Web application integration)

Integrated Testing and Quality Assurance

System Installation and Commissioning

On-Site Services

Email [email protected]

Website www.amx.com / Professional Services

For more information about AMX products and services visit www.amx.com

11-03

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION © 2003 AMX Corporation. All rights reserved. AMX and the AMX logo are all trademarks of AMX Corporation.

AMX reserves the right to alter specifications without notice at any time. AMX does not assume responsibility for any errors or omissions.

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents